[go: up one dir, main page]

CN114551263A - Chip or chip module detection method and device - Google Patents

Chip or chip module detection method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN114551263A
CN114551263A CN202011343919.2A CN202011343919A CN114551263A CN 114551263 A CN114551263 A CN 114551263A CN 202011343919 A CN202011343919 A CN 202011343919A CN 114551263 A CN114551263 A CN 114551263A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
information
design information
design
chip
image
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN202011343919.2A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN114551263B (en
Inventor
杜玉欣
李男
王大鹏
张欣旺
黄宇红
丁海煜
胡臻平
武欣
刘军
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
China Mobile Communications Group Co Ltd
Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Original Assignee
China Mobile Communications Group Co Ltd
Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by China Mobile Communications Group Co Ltd, Research Institute of China Mobile Communication Co Ltd filed Critical China Mobile Communications Group Co Ltd
Priority to CN202011343919.2A priority Critical patent/CN114551263B/en
Publication of CN114551263A publication Critical patent/CN114551263A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN114551263B publication Critical patent/CN114551263B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L22/00Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment; Reliability measurements, i.e. testing of parts without further processing to modify the parts as such; Structural arrangements therefor
    • H01L22/10Measuring as part of the manufacturing process
    • H01L22/12Measuring as part of the manufacturing process for structural parameters, e.g. thickness, line width, refractive index, temperature, warp, bond strength, defects, optical inspection, electrical measurement of structural dimensions, metallurgic measurement of diffusions
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L22/00Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment; Reliability measurements, i.e. testing of parts without further processing to modify the parts as such; Structural arrangements therefor
    • H01L22/20Sequence of activities consisting of a plurality of measurements, corrections, marking or sorting steps
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L22/00Testing or measuring during manufacture or treatment; Reliability measurements, i.e. testing of parts without further processing to modify the parts as such; Structural arrangements therefor
    • H01L22/20Sequence of activities consisting of a plurality of measurements, corrections, marking or sorting steps
    • H01L22/24Optical enhancement of defects or not directly visible states, e.g. selective electrolytic deposition, bubbles in liquids, light emission, colour change

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Design And Manufacture Of Integrated Circuits (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides a method and a device for detecting a chip or a chip module, wherein the method comprises the following steps: determining the physical information of the chip or the chip module and/or determining the design information of the chip or the chip module; comparing the real object information with the design information, and/or verifying the design information; and judging the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip or the chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result.

Description

一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法和装置Method and device for detecting chip or chip module

技术领域technical field

本发明涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法和装置。The present invention relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a detection method and device for a chip or a chip module.

背景技术Background technique

芯片设计是芯片产业链的核心和源头,其自主可控度在整个芯片的自主可控度中占有举足轻重的地位。芯片设计环节自主可控度的评估,多按照完全自主设计、部分自主设计、完全外包的方式进行分级,取证多通过调查、评审等形式进行。Chip design is the core and source of the chip industry chain, and its autonomous controllability plays a pivotal role in the autonomous controllability of the entire chip. The evaluation of the degree of autonomy and controllability in the chip design process is mostly graded according to the methods of completely independent design, partial independent design, and complete outsourcing. Forensics are mostly conducted through investigation and review.

相关的自主可控评级的实施方案,多采用调查、评审的方式进行,这种评估方法的准确度取决于相关材料的真实性、可核查性、完备性、以及专家的经验和水平,在一定程度上无法保证其客观性和全面性。The implementation plan of the relevant self-controllable rating is mostly carried out by means of investigation and review. The accuracy of this evaluation method depends on the authenticity, verifiability, completeness of the relevant materials, as well as the experience and level of experts. The degree of objectivity and comprehensiveness cannot be guaranteed.

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

有鉴于此,本发明实施例期望提供一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法和装置。In view of this, embodiments of the present invention are expected to provide a detection method and apparatus for a chip or a chip module.

为达到上述目的,本发明实施例的技术方案是这样实现的:In order to achieve the above-mentioned purpose, the technical scheme of the embodiment of the present invention is realized as follows:

本发明实施例提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法,该方法包括:An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for detecting a chip or a chip module, the method comprising:

确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;Determine the physical information of the chip or chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or chip module;

将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;comparing the physical information with the design information, and/or verifying the design information;

基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。Based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip or chip module is determined.

本发明实施例还提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测装置,该装置包括:An embodiment of the present invention also provides a detection device for a chip or a chip module, the device comprising:

信息确定模块,用于确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;Information determination module, used to determine the physical information of the chip or chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or chip module;

信息处理模块,用于将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;an information processing module, configured to compare the physical information with the design information, and/or verify the design information;

判定模块,用于基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。The determination module is used to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or the chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result.

本发明实施例还提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测装置,该装置包括:处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器,An embodiment of the present invention also provides a detection device for a chip or a chip module, the device includes: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can be run on the processor,

其中,所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时,执行上述方法的步骤。Wherein, the processor is configured to execute the steps of the above method when running the computer program.

本发明实施例提供的芯片或芯片模块的检测方法和装置,确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。可见,本发明实施例为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度的评估提供了一个简便、客观的检测依据,提高了芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的客观性、实操性和全面性,并可为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估取证材料的真实性做佐证依据,可作为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的有力支撑。The method and device for detecting a chip or a chip module provided by the embodiments of the present invention determine the physical information of the chip or the chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or the chip module; compare the physical information with the design information , and/or verify the design information; based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module. It can be seen that the embodiments of the present invention provide a simple and objective detection basis for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and improve the objectiveness of the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module It can be used as evidence for the authenticity, practicability and comprehensiveness of the chip or chip module's autonomy and/or controllability assessment and forensic materials, and can be used as the chip or chip module's autonomy and/or controllability. Strong support for evaluation.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1为本发明实施例所述芯片或芯片模块的检测方法流程示意图;1 is a schematic flowchart of a detection method for a chip or a chip module according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图2为本发明实施例所述芯片或芯片模块的检测装置结构示意图;2 is a schematic structural diagram of a detection device for a chip or a chip module according to an embodiment of the present invention;

图3为本发明场景实施例1所述检测方法流程示意图(为了清楚显示,图中仅给出各操作的编号);3 is a schematic flowchart of the detection method described in the first embodiment of the present invention (for the sake of clarity, only the numbers of the operations are given in the figure);

图4为本发明场景实施例2所述检测方法流程示意图(为了清楚显示,图中仅给出各操作的编号,另外,2.5中的和/或关系,图中无法一一展示,只展示其中一种情况-将1.7条中的第二设计信息与1.8条中的第三设计信息进行验证)。Fig. 4 is a schematic flow chart of the detection method according to the second embodiment of the present invention (for the sake of clarity, only the number of each operation is given in the figure. In addition, the and/or relationships in 2.5 cannot be shown one by one in the figure, only the number of the operations is shown in the figure. One case - verify the second design information in clause 1.7 with the third design information in clause 1.8).

具体实施方式Detailed ways

下面结合附图和实施例对本发明进行描述。The present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments.

本发明实施例提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法,如图1所示,该方法包括:An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for detecting a chip or a chip module. As shown in FIG. 1 , the method includes:

步骤101:确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;Step 101: Determine the physical information of the chip or the chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or the chip module;

步骤102:将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;Step 102: Compare the physical information with the design information, and/or verify the design information;

步骤103:基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。Step 103: Based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, determine the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip or the chip module.

本发明实施例为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度的评估提供了一个简便、客观的检测依据,提高了芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的客观性、实操性和全面性,并可为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估取证材料的真实性做佐证依据,可作为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的有力支撑。The embodiments of the present invention provide a simple and objective detection basis for evaluating the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip or a chip module, and improve the objectivity, Practical and comprehensive, and can provide evidence for the authenticity of the forensic materials for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and can be used as the basis for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module. Strong support.

本发明实施例中,所述芯片包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

封装了一个或多个裸片(裸片亦称为裸晶、晶粒)的芯片;A chip that encapsulates one or more dies (die is also known as die, die);

未封装的裸片。Unpackaged die.

本发明实施例中,所述芯片模块包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the chip module includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

封装了一个或多个裸片的芯片中的裸片;A die within a chip that encapsulates one or more dies;

裸片中的功能模块(亦可称之为功能单元、单元等)。A functional module (also referred to as a functional unit, unit, etc.) in a die.

(需要说明的是,从分类的角度,这里的芯片、芯片模块是一个统称,包括但不限于集成电路IC、微系统MEMS、微机电系统、半导体器件、分立器件、传感器、执行器等多个类别)(It should be noted that from the perspective of classification, the chip and chip module here are a general term, including but not limited to integrated circuit IC, microsystem MEMS, microelectromechanical system, semiconductor device, discrete device, sensor, actuator, etc. category)

本发明实施例中,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种(需要说明的是:可以根据判定芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度所需要的比对种类,选取实物信息种类,使得实物信息的选取更有针对性):In this embodiment of the present invention, the physical information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following (it should be noted that: it can be selected according to the type of comparison required for determining the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module. The types of physical information make the selection of physical information more targeted):

芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系,所述实物连接关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种表述形式:连接关系实物、描述连接关系的实物图、描述实物连接关系的表格、描述实物连接关系的管脚实物名称及由名称表述的实物连接关系;The physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules, the physical connection relationship includes but is not limited to one or more of the following expressions: The physical connection relationship, the physical diagram describing the connection relationship, the table describing the physical connection relationship, the physical name of the pin describing the physical connection relationship, and the physical connection relationship expressed by the name;

封装基板的实物信息,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:封装基板实物、封装基板实物线路或线路图、封装基板实物布局或布局图、封装基板实物布线或布线图、封装基板实物电路或电路图;The physical information of the packaging substrate, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: physical packaging substrate, physical circuit or circuit diagram of packaging substrate, physical layout or layout of packaging substrate, physical wiring or wiring diagram of packaging substrate, packaging substrate Substrate physical circuit or circuit diagram;

芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:芯片或芯片模块实物、芯片或芯片模块实物版图、芯片或芯片模块实物布图、芯片或芯片模块实物布局布线或布局布线图、芯片或芯片模块实物电路或电路图;Physical information of the chip or chip module, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: physical chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module Wiring or layout and wiring diagrams, physical circuits or circuit diagrams of chips or chip modules;

其中,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的实物信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的实物信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定。Wherein, the physical information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following physical information: all layers, some layers, and one layer, and the method for selecting layer numbers includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: randomly selected, according to rules Select and set; for one layer, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following physical information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, and a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to the following one or more. One or more: randomly selected, selected according to rules, set.

本发明实施例中,所述实物信息的获取方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for obtaining the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

直接取得一个或多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息;Directly obtain one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and obtain physical information;

随机或按照规则选取一个或多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息;Randomly or according to rules, select one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and obtain physical information;

直接通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取实物信息:电子计算机断层扫描CT、X射线、X光、放射线、超声、无损检测(亦称为无损观测);(如:对于一个已封装的芯片,直接通过CT获取芯片内部的信息)Obtain physical information directly through one or more of the following methods, including but not limited to: electronic computed tomography CT, X-ray, X-ray, radiation, ultrasound, non-destructive testing (also known as non-destructive testing); (such as: for a packaged the chip, directly obtain the information inside the chip through CT)

对已封装的芯片进行芯片开盖(简称开盖)并获取实物信息;Uncover the packaged chip (referred to as uncover) and obtain physical information;

针对芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系被遮挡的情况,通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取实物连接关系:CT、X射线、X光、放射线、超声、无损检测、去层(亦称为去层次、去除层次、层次去除)、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、抛光、腐蚀、刻蚀、剖片(亦称为芯片解剖)、解剖、染色;所述实物连接关系被遮挡的情况包括但不限于倒装焊的芯片中的所述实物连接关系被遮挡;(如:对于倒装焊的芯片,平磨至倒装焊界面,在此界面获取实物连接关系)For the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules is blocked, obtain through one or more methods including but not limited to the following Physical connection relationship: CT, X-ray, X-ray, radiation, ultrasound, nondestructive testing, delamination (also known as delamination, delamination, delamination), flat grinding, grinding, grinding, grinding, polishing, corrosion, engraving Etching, sectioning (also known as chip dissection), dissection, and staining; the situation where the physical connection relationship is blocked includes but is not limited to the physical connection relationship in the flip-chip welded chip being blocked; (for example: for flip-chip The soldered chip is flat-ground to the flip-chip interface, and the physical connection relationship is obtained at this interface)

将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板分离、和/或将芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块分离,所述分离的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:断开或移除或去除连接线、腐蚀、刻蚀、加热、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、剖片、解剖、取下芯片;Separating a chip or chip module from a packaging substrate, and/or separating a chip or chip module from other chips or chip modules, including, but not limited to, one or more of the following: breaking or removing or removing connections wire, corrode, etch, heat, de-layer, flat grind, grind, grind, grind, section, dissect, remove chips;

通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取一层或多层的实物信息:直接获取、通过显微镜(包括但不限于以下一种或多种:光学显微镜、电子显微镜)和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测获取、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、抛光、腐蚀、刻蚀、剖片、解剖、染色、断开或移除或去除连接线;Obtain physical information of one or more layers by means including but not limited to one or more of the following: direct acquisition, through microscopy (including but not limited to one or more of the following: optical microscopy, electron microscopy) and/or microscopy Imaging instruments and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or non-destructive testing Acquisition, delamination, flat grinding, grinding, lapping, grinding, polishing, etching, etching , sectioning, dissecting, staining, disconnecting or removing or removing connecting wires;

通过显微镜和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测、与拍照或/和图像采集或/和录像相结合,或者,直接拍照或/和图像采集或/和录像的方式获取并记录实物信息对应的实物图像、影像或视频;所述实物图像、影像或视频为一个文件、或者多个文件、或者由多个文件拼接或合成的一个整体文件;By microscope and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive examination, in combination with photography or/and image acquisition or/and video recording , or, directly take pictures or/and image acquisition or/and video recording to obtain and record the physical images, images or videos corresponding to the physical information; the physical images, images or videos are one file, or multiple files, or multiple A whole file that is spliced or synthesized from several files;

通过显微镜和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测、与肉眼观察相结合,或者直接肉眼观察的方式获取实物信息及对应的实物图像、影像。Obtained by microscope and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive testing, combined with visual observation, or direct visual observation Physical information and corresponding physical images and images.

本发明实施例中,取得或者选取多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, obtaining or selecting a plurality of chips or chip modules to be tested and obtaining physical information, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

为获取多个样本,对实物信息、或/和实物信息与设计信息的比对、或/和芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度做统计分析,取得或者选取多个相同型号的芯片或芯片模块、从各芯片或芯片模块中获取相同的实物信息;In order to obtain multiple samples, perform statistical analysis on the physical information, or/and the comparison between the physical information and the design information, or/and the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and obtain or select multiple samples of the same model. Chip or chip module, obtain the same physical information from each chip or chip module;

对于获取实物信息时有破坏性操作或/和从一个芯片或芯片模块中只能获取部分实物信息的情况,取得或者选取多个相同型号的芯片或芯片模块,并从各芯片或芯片模块中获取不同的实物信息、或同时获取相同和不同的实物信息;In the case of destructive operations or/and only part of the physical information can be obtained from one chip or chip module, obtain or select multiple chips or chip modules of the same type, and obtain from each chip or chip module Different physical information, or simultaneous acquisition of the same and different physical information;

为判定由多个芯片模块共同组成的芯片的自主度和/或可控度,对芯片中的多个芯片模块分别获取各自的实物信息、开展自主度和/或可控度的判定,基于此结果对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。In order to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip composed of multiple chip modules, the multiple chip modules in the chip obtain their respective physical information, and carry out the determination of autonomy and/or controllability. Based on this As a result, the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined.

本发明实施例中,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种(需要说明的是:可以根据判定芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,选取设计信息种类,使得设计信息的选取更有针对性):In this embodiment of the present invention, the design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following (it should be noted that: the type of comparison and/or the degree of control required to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module may be determined according to the Or verify the type, select the type of design information, so that the selection of design information is more targeted):

芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的设计连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的设计连接关系,所述设计连接关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种表述形式:描述连接关系的设计图、描述设计连接关系的表格、描述设计连接关系的管脚设计名称及由名称表述的设计连接关系;所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;所述设计连接关系的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;The design connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the design connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules, the design connection relationship includes but is not limited to one or more of the following expressions: A design diagram describing the connection relationship, a table describing the design connection relationship, the pin design name describing the design connection relationship, and the design connection relationship expressed by the name; the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: For all layers, some layers, and one layer, the selection methods of layer numbers include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, selection according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the design information includes but is not limited to the following one or more One or more kinds of design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, one partial area, the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, selection according to rules, setting; the design connection relationship Formats include, but are not limited to, one or more formats;

封装基板的设计信息,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:封装基板设计线路或线路图、封装基板设计布局或布局图、封装基板设计布线或布线图、封装基板设计电路或电路图;所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;所述封装基板的设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;Design information of the packaging substrate, the design information including but not limited to one or more of the following: packaging substrate design circuit or circuit diagram, packaging substrate design layout or layout diagram, packaging substrate design wiring or wiring diagram, packaging substrate design circuit or Circuit diagram; the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: all layers, some layers, and one layer, and the selection method of layer numbers includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, according to rules Select and set; for one of the layers, the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, and a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to the following one One or more: randomly selected, selected according to rules, and set; the format of the design information of the packaging substrate includes but is not limited to one or more formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息,所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:芯片或芯片模块设计版图、芯片或芯片模块设计布图、芯片或芯片模块设计布局布线或布局布线图;所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;用于比对的第一设计信息,是所述第一设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于验证的第一设计信息,是所述第一设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于比对的第一设计信息与用于验证的第一设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息(如,确定第一设计信息是所有层设计信息、和部分层或一层设计信息的结合,部分层或一层设计信息是所有层设计信息的一部分;当芯片或芯片模块的实物信息是部分层或一层实物信息时,用于比对的第一设计信息,是与实物信息相对应的部分层或一层的设计信息;当第二设计信息是整个芯片的第二设计信息时,用于验证的第一设计信息,是所有层设计信息,与第二设计信息做验证);所述第一设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于比对的第一设计信息格式与用于验证的第一设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式;The first design information of the chip or chip module, the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: chip or chip module design layout, chip or chip module design layout, chip or chip module design layout and wiring or Layout and wiring diagram; the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: all layers, some layers, one layer, and the selection method of layer numbers includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random Select, select and set according to the rules; for one layer, the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, a partial area, and the selection method of the area Including but not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selected, selected according to rules, and set; the first design information used for comparison is all or part of the design information in the first design information; used for The first design information for verification is all or part of the design information in the first design information; the first design information for comparison and the first design information for verification are the same or different designs Information (for example, it is determined that the first design information is a combination of all layer design information and part of layer or one layer design information, and part layer or one layer design information is a part of all layer design information; when the physical information of the chip or chip module is When a part of the layer or one layer of physical information is used, the first design information used for comparison is the design information of a part of the layer or one layer corresponding to the physical information; when the second design information is the second design information of the entire chip, The first design information used for verification is all layer design information, which is verified with the second design information); the formats of the first design information include but are not limited to one or more formats; the first design information used for comparison The design information format and the first design information format used for verification are the same or different formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息,所述第二设计信息包括但不限于芯片或芯片模块的原理图和/或网表,所述原理图和/或网表包括但不限于以下一种或多种:原理图、原理图对应的网表、晶体管级的网表(需要说明的是,晶体管级的网表是指描述的是晶体管级别,形式多种多样,如cdl网表、scs网表、spice网表等)、数字芯片或数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表、数字芯片或数字芯片模块第一设计信息对应的门级网表;所述第二设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第二设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的格式;Second design information of the chip or chip module, the second design information includes but is not limited to the schematic diagram and/or netlist of the chip or chip module, the schematic diagram and/or netlist includes but is not limited to one of the following or Various: schematic diagram, netlist corresponding to the schematic diagram, transistor-level netlist (it should be noted that transistor-level netlist refers to the description of the transistor level, in various forms, such as cdl netlist, scs netlist , spice netlist, etc.), the gate-level netlist for the final design of the digital chip or digital chip module, the gate-level netlist corresponding to the first design information of the digital chip or digital chip module; the second design information includes but is not limited to all or part of the design information; the second design information used for verification with the first design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the third design information The design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information ; The second design information used for verification with the first design information, the second design information used for verification with the third design information, and the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information, between any two are the same or different design information; the formats of the second design information include but are not limited to one or more formats; the format of the second design information used for verification with the first design information, The second design information format for verification and the second design information format for verification with the fourth design information are the same or different formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息,所述第三设计信息包括但不限于数字芯片或数字芯片模块的寄存器传输级RTL代码综合形成的门级网表;所述第三设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息,是所述第三设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,是所述第三设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第三设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式;The third design information of the chip or chip module, the third design information includes but is not limited to the gate-level netlist formed by the register transfer level RTL code synthesis of the digital chip or the digital chip module; the third design information includes but is not limited to All or part of the design information; the third design information used for verification with the second design information is all or part of the design information in the third design information; the third design information used for verification with the fourth design information The third design information is all or part of the design information in the third design information; the third design information used for verification with the second design information, and the third design information used for verification with the fourth design information, are the same or different design information; the format of the third design information includes but is not limited to one or more formats; the third design information format used for verification with the second design information, and the format used for The third design information format for information verification, which is the same or a different format;

芯片或芯片模块的第四设计信息,所述第四设计信息包括但不限于数字芯片或数字芯片模块的RTL代码;所述第四设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息,是所述第四设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,是所述第四设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息、与用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第四设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式。The fourth design information of the chip or chip module, the fourth design information includes but is not limited to the RTL code of the digital chip or the digital chip module; the fourth design information includes but is not limited to all or part of the design information; The fourth design information to be verified with the second design information is all or part of the design information in the fourth design information; the fourth design information to be verified with the third design information is the fourth design information All or part of the design information in the information; the fourth design information used for verification with the second design information and the fourth design information used for verification with the third design information are the same or different design information; The format of the fourth design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; the fourth design information format used for verification with the second design information, and the fourth design information format used for verification with the third design information, are the same or a different format.

本发明实施例中,所述将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the comparison of the physical information with the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules with the corresponding design connection relationship to check whether the two are consistent;

将封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate to check whether the two are consistent;

将芯片或芯片模块的实物信息与对应的芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical information of the chip or chip module with the first design information of the corresponding chip or chip module, and check whether the two are consistent;

所述比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的比对:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的比对:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定。Described comparison includes but not limited to following one or more comparisons: all layers, some layers, one layer, the selection method of layer number includes but not limited to following one or more: randomly select, select according to rules, Setting; for one of the layers, the comparison includes but is not limited to the comparison of one or more of the following: the entire area, a plurality of partial areas, a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to one of the following or Various: random selection, selection according to rules, setting.

本发明一个实施例中,所述将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对之前,该方法还包括:In an embodiment of the present invention, before the comparing the physical information with the design information, the method further includes:

确认获取的设计信息的准确性。Confirm the accuracy of the obtained design information.

本发明实施例中,所述比对的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动比对,通过人工比对;In the embodiment of the present invention, the comparison method includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: automatic comparison by a detection device, manual comparison;

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述实物信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述实物信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将实物信息记录为实物图像、将实物连接关系转化为描述实物连接关系的表格;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the physical information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the physical information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use. methods, including but not limited to one or more of the following: recording the physical information as a physical image, converting the physical connection relationship into a table describing the physical connection relationship;

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述设计信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息转化为设计图像、将设计连接关系转化为描述设计连接关系的表格;所述设计图像包括但不限于将设计信息保存为或/和转化为或/和记录为图像格式的图像;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the design information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device. method, including but not limited to one or more of the following: transforming design information into design images, transforming design connection relationships into tables describing design connection relationships; the design images include but are not limited to saving design information as or/or and images converted into or/and recorded in image format;

所述判断所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动判断,通过人工判断;The method for judging whether the format of the physical information and/or the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use includes, but is not limited to one or more of the following: human judgment;

所述将所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动调整,通过人工调整。The method for adjusting the format of the physical information and/or the design information to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: automatic adjustment by the detection device; Manual adjustment.

本发明实施例中,所述将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对时,所述实物信息与所述设计信息的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, when the physical information is compared with the design information, the corresponding relationship between the physical information and the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

相同层的对应关系;Correspondence of the same layer;

相同区域的对应关系;Correspondence of the same area;

相同位置的对应关系;Correspondence of the same position;

相同位置比例的对应关系,所述相同位置比例的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:所述实物信息和/或实物图像中的位置、和整个实物信息和/或实物图像中各点之间的距离的比值,与所述设计信息和/或设计图像中的位置、和整个设计信息和/或设计图像中各点之间的距离的比值均相同,则所述实物信息和/或实物图像位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像位置为对应关系;所述实物信息和/或实物图像中的位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像中的位置,在整个实物信息和/或整个实物图像和/或整个设计信息和/或整个设计图像等比例缩放后,整个实物信息和/或整个实物图像、与整个设计信息和/或整个设计图像重合时,位置亦重合,则所述实物信息和/或实物图像位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像位置为对应关系;The corresponding relationship of the same position scale, the corresponding relationship of the same position scale includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the position in the physical information and/or the physical image, and the position in the entire physical information and/or the physical image. The ratio of the distance between the points is the same as the ratio of the position in the design information and/or the design image, and the ratio of the distance between the points in the entire design information and/or the design image, then the physical information and/or Or the position of the physical image, and the design information and/or the position of the design image are in a corresponding relationship; the position in the physical information and/or the physical image, and the position in the design information and/or the design image, are After the information and/or the entire physical image and/or the entire design information and/or the entire design image are proportionally scaled, when the entire physical information and/or the entire physical image coincide with the entire design information and/or the entire design image, the positions will also coincide , then the physical information and/or the physical image position, and the design information and/or the design image position are in a corresponding relationship;

相同管脚名称的对应关系。Correspondence of the same pin name.

本发明实施例中,将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对时,该方法还包括:将实物信息或实物图像、与对应的设计信息或设计图像,各自拆分成一个或多个板块,实物信息或实物图像的板块、与设计信息或设计图像的板块保持对应关系,针对各板块分别开展比对,综合各板块的比对结果分析本次比对的结果;In the embodiment of the present invention, when comparing the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image, the method further includes: splitting the physical information or the physical image and the corresponding design information or design image into one or multiple sections, the section of physical information or physical image, and the section of design information or design image maintain a corresponding relationship, carry out comparisons for each section separately, and analyze the results of this comparison based on the comparison results of each section;

其中,拆分成一个或多个板块的情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对内容集中在一个或多个局部区域中,按照集中的区域将其拆分成一个或多个板块;实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对内容,在不同区域的图形尺寸差异大、按照不同图形尺寸或者按照不同尺寸范围、将其拆分成一个或多个板块;Among them, the situation of splitting into one or more sections includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: physical information or physical images, and the comparison content with design information or design images are concentrated in one or more local areas, according to The concentrated area is divided into one or more sections; the physical information or physical images, and the content of the comparison with the design information or design images, the size of the graphics in different areas is greatly different, according to different graphic sizes or according to different size ranges, split it into one or more sections;

其中,拆分成板块后,如果某些板块中没有需要的比对内容,则该板块的比对省略或者不省略,该板块的比对省略时,所述综合各板块的比对结果分析本次比对的结果时,不计入该板块(如,实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对内容集中在一个或多个局部区域中,按照集中的区域将其拆分成一个或多个板块,则集中的局部区域之外的部分,没有比对内容,则这部分板块可以省略比对,分析比对结果时,也不再考虑这部分板块)。Among them, after splitting into plates, if there is no required comparison content in some plates, the comparison of this plate is omitted or not omitted, and when the comparison of this plate is omitted, the comprehensive analysis of the comparison results of each plate When the result of the second comparison is not included in this section (for example, the physical information or physical image, the comparison content with the design information or design image is concentrated in one or more local areas, and it is divided into two parts according to the concentrated area. For one or more sections, the part outside the concentrated local area has no comparison content, then this part of the section can be omitted from the comparison, and this part of the section will not be considered when analyzing the comparison results).

本发明实施例中,将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对,和/或将实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块进行比对,所述比对的比对方式包括但不限于以下一种或多种:整体比对、细化比对、采样比对;In the embodiment of the present invention, the physical information or the physical image is compared with the design information or the design image, and/or the physical information plate or the physical image plate is compared with the design information plate or the design image plate, and the comparison is performed. The comparison methods of comparison include but are not limited to one or more of the following: overall comparison, detailed comparison, sampling comparison;

所述比对的比对内容包括但不限于以下一种或多种:连接关系、几何形状、几何形状特征;The comparison content of the comparison includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: connection relationship, geometric shape, geometric shape feature;

所述比对的比对精细程度使用颗粒度表示,所述比对精细程度与比对方式、方法、内容及目的相关,所述颗粒度包括但不限于比对所述比对内容的精确程度,所述颗粒度的最小极限包括但不限于以下一种或多种:相应信息和/或图像中的最小图形,相应信息和/或图像中的最小尺寸,相应信息和/或图像中的最小面积,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的图形,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的尺寸,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的面积。The comparison fineness of the comparison is expressed by granularity, and the alignment fineness is related to the comparison method, method, content and purpose, and the granularity includes but is not limited to the accuracy of the comparison content. , the minimum limit of the granularity includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the smallest graphic in the corresponding information and/or image, the smallest size in the corresponding information and/or image, the smallest in the corresponding information and/or image Area, according to the graphics set according to the corresponding information and/or image, according to the size set according to the corresponding information and/or image, according to the area set according to the corresponding information and/or image.

本发明实施例中,将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对,和/或将实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块进行比对,该方法还包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the physical information or the physical image is compared with the design information or the design image, and/or the physical information plate or the physical image plate is compared with the design information plate or the design image plate. Including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对要比对的实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,在所述调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像、和/或实物图像板块与设计图像板块,进行比对;Adjust the resolution and/or resolution of the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image and/or the design image block for the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block to be compared or the number of pixels, on the basis of the adjustment results, compare the physical image and the design image, and/or the physical image plate and the design image plate;

当所述比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,根据实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率、和/或本次计划比对的颗粒度在实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块中包含的像素数量,以及检测装置的比对能力,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,在所述调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像、和/或实物图像板块与设计图像板块,进行比对;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, for the granularity of this planned comparison, according to the resolution of the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block, and / or the number of pixels contained in the physical image and/or design image and/or physical image plate and/or design image plate for the granularity of this planned comparison, as well as the comparison ability of the detection device, adjust the physical image and / or The resolution and/or the number of pixels of the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block, based on the adjustment results, for the physical image and the design image, and/or the physical image block and the design image block, carry out Comparison;

所述检测装置的比对能力包括但不限于:检测装置在所述颗粒度下为完成比对、针对实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块各自需要的最小分辨率、和/或所述颗粒度需包含的最小像素数量;The comparison capability of the detection device includes, but is not limited to: the minimum required by the detection device to complete the comparison under the granularity, for the actual image and/or the design image and/or the actual image plate and/or the design image plate respectively. resolution, and/or the minimum number of pixels to be included in the granularity;

所述调整的方法包括但不限于:针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,确保比对准确的前提下,减小实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,使实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率减小、和/或实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块中所述颗粒度所包含的像素数量减小,且大于等于检测装置的比对能力。The adjustment methods include, but are not limited to: for the granularity of this planned comparison, on the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the comparison, reducing the size of the physical image and/or design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block. Resolution and/or number of pixels to reduce the resolution of the physical image and/or design image and/or physical image tile and/or design image tile, and/or physical image and/or design image and/or physical image tile And/or the number of pixels included in the granularity in the design image plate is reduced, and is greater than or equal to the comparison capability of the detection device.

本发明实施例中,采用所述整体比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the overall comparison method is adopted, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对;For the entire said physical information or physical image, compared with design information or design image, and/or for the entire said physical information block or physical image block, and design information block or design image block comparison;

所述整体比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种:整体精细比对、整体粗略比对;The overall alignment includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: overall fine alignment, overall rough alignment;

整体精细比对时,所述比对的颗粒度已达最小极限;During the overall fine comparison, the particle size of the comparison has reached the minimum limit;

整体粗略比对时,所述比对的颗粒度大于最小极限,所述比对内容体现为包括但不限于以下一种或多种:连接关系、芯片面积、芯片轮廓、封装基板面积、封装基板轮廓、图形概貌、图形分布特点、模块结构;In the overall rough comparison, the particle size of the comparison is greater than the minimum limit, and the comparison content is embodied in one or more of the following: connection relationship, chip area, chip outline, package substrate area, package substrate Outline, graphic overview, graphic distribution characteristics, module structure;

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的整体精细比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述整体精细比对所需时间小于等于第一预设门限;所述实物图像的像素数量小于等于第二预设门限;所述设计图像的像素数量小于等于第三预设门限;所述实物图像的分辨率小于等于第四预设门限;所述设计图像的分辨率小于等于第五预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像的面积小于等于第六预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像中的最小图形的面积大于等于第七预设门限;The applicable situations for the overall fine comparison of the entire physical information or physical image and design information or design images include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required to complete the overall fine comparison is less than or equal to the first preset time. Set a threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is less than or equal to a third preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image is less than or equal to a fourth preset threshold; the The resolution of the design image is less than or equal to the fifth preset threshold; the area of the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold; the physical information and/or the physical The area of the smallest graphic in the image and/or the design information and/or the design image is greater than or equal to a seventh preset threshold;

针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的整体精细比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述板块的整体精细比对所需时间小于等于第八预设门限;所述实物图像板块的像素数量小于等于第九预设门限;所述设计图像板块的像素数量小于等于第十预设门限;所述实物图像板块的分辨率小于等于第十一预设门限;所述设计图像板块的分辨率小于等于第十二预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块的面积小于等于第十三预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块中的最小图形的面积大于等于第十四预设门限;The applicable situations for the overall fine comparison of the entire physical information plate or the physical image plate and the design information plate or the design image plate include but are not limited to one or more of the following: required to complete the overall fine comparison of the plate The time is less than or equal to the eighth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image block is less than or equal to the ninth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image block is less than or equal to the tenth preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image block is less than or equal to equal to the eleventh preset threshold; the resolution of the design image block is less than or equal to the twelfth preset threshold; the area of the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design information block and/or the design image block less than or equal to the thirteenth preset threshold; the area of the smallest graphic in the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design information block and/or the design image block is greater than or equal to the fourteenth preset threshold;

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的整体粗略比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述整体精细比对所需时间大于等于所述第十五预设门限;所述实物图像的像素数量大于等于第十六预设门限;所述设计图像的像素数量大于等于第十七预设门限;所述实物图像的分辨率大于等于第十八预设门限;所述设计图像的分辨率大于等于第十九预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像的面积大于等于第二十预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像中的最小图形的面积小于等于第二十一预设门限;整体粗略比对与所述其他比对方式相结合;Applicable situations for the overall rough comparison of the entire physical information or physical image and design information or design images include but are not limited to one or more of the following: the time required to complete the overall fine comparison is greater than or equal to the first Fifteen preset thresholds; the number of pixels of the physical image is greater than or equal to the sixteenth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is greater than or equal to the seventeenth preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image is greater than or equal to the eighteenth preset threshold preset threshold; the resolution of the design image is greater than or equal to the nineteenth preset threshold; the area of the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is greater than or equal to the twentieth preset threshold; The area of the smallest graphic in the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to the twenty-first preset threshold; the overall rough comparison is combined with the other comparison methods;

针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的整体粗略比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述板块的整体精细比对所需时间大于等于所述第二十二预设门限;所述实物图像板块的像素数量大于等于第二十三预设门限;所述设计图像板块的像素数量大于等于第二十四预设门限;所述实物图像板块的分辨率大于等于第二十五预设门限;所述设计图像板块的分辨率大于等于第二十六预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块的面积大于等于第二十七预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块中的最小图形的面积小于等于第二十八预设门限;整体粗略比对与所述其他比对方式相结合。Applicable situations for the overall rough comparison of the entire physical information plate or physical image plate with the design information plate or design image plate include but are not limited to one or more of the following: required to complete the overall fine comparison of the plate The time is greater than or equal to the twenty-second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-third preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-fourth preset threshold; The resolution of the physical image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-fifth preset threshold; the resolution of the design image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-sixth preset threshold; the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design The area of the information panel and/or the design image panel is greater than or equal to the twenty-seventh preset threshold; the area of the smallest graphic in the physical information panel and/or the physical image panel and/or the design information panel and/or the design image panel is less than or equal to Equal to the twenty-eighth preset threshold; the overall rough alignment is combined with the other alignment methods.

本发明实施例中,采用所述细化比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the detailed comparison method is adopted, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对,针对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的区域,逐步缩小比对区域和/或减小颗粒度,开展一次或者多次比对:整体比对未通过的区域、整体比对通过后感兴趣或认为关键的区域、实现复杂的区域、功能关键的区域、整个区域;For the comparison of the physical information or physical image, and design information or design image, and/or the physical information plate or physical image plate, and the design information plate or design image plate comparison, for including but not limited to the following One or more areas, gradually reduce the comparison area and/or reduce the particle size, and carry out one or more comparisons: areas that fail the overall comparison, areas that are of interest or considered critical after the overall comparison is passed, Realize complex areas, functionally critical areas, and entire areas;

所述开展一次或者多次比对时,细化极限为比对区域已缩小至相应信息和/或图像和/或信息板块和/或图像板块中的最小图形和/或最小尺寸、和/或颗粒度已达最小极限,细化比对需达到或者不需达到所述细化极限。When performing one or more comparisons, the refinement limit is that the comparison area has been reduced to the smallest graphic and/or the smallest size in the corresponding information and/or image and/or information panel and/or image panel, and/or The particle size has reached the minimum limit, and the refinement comparison needs to reach the refinement limit or does not need to reach the refinement limit.

本发明实施例中,采用所述采样比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the sampling comparison method is adopted, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对,计算和/或设定可用于比对的面积(即此面积可以通过计算获得,和/或设定);Calculation and/or setting for the comparison of the physical information or physical image with the design information or the design image, and/or the comparison of the physical information plate or the physical image plate with the design information plate or the design image plate Area available for comparison (i.e. this area can be obtained by calculation, and/or set);

根据可用于比对的面积、从实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中选取若干采样块,所述若干采样块的面积之和不得超过所述可用于比对的面积;According to the area that can be used for comparison, select several sampling blocks from the physical information or physical image or physical information plate or physical image plate, and the sum of the areas of the several sampling blocks shall not exceed the area that can be used for comparison;

根据可用于比对的面积、从设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中选取若干采样块,所述若干采样块的面积之和不得超过所述可用于比对的面积;According to the area available for comparison, select several sampling blocks from the design information or design image or design information plate or design image plate, and the sum of the areas of the several sampling blocks shall not exceed the area available for comparison;

所述实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中选取的采样块与所述设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中选取的采样块保持对应关系;The sampling block selected from the physical information or the physical image or the physical information block or the physical image block maintains a corresponding relationship with the sampling block selected from the design information or the design image or the design information block or the design image block;

采样块的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机采样,按照规则采样,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块数量,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块的面积,设定;The selection methods of sampling blocks include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: random sampling, sampling according to rules, allocation of the number of sampling blocks proportional to graphics density and/or complexity, and allocation of sampling blocks proportional to graphics density and/or complexity. area, set;

将实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中的采样块、与对应的设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中的采样块进行比对;Compare the physical information or the physical image or the sampling blocks in the physical information plate or the physical image plate with the corresponding design information or design image or the sampling block in the design information plate or the design image plate;

综合各采样块的比对结果分析本采样比对的结果;Synthesize the comparison results of each sampling block to analyze the results of this sampling comparison;

采样比对的精细极限为颗粒度已达最小极限,采样比对需达到或者不需达到所述精细极限。The fine limit of the sampling comparison is that the granularity has reached the minimum limit, and the sampling comparison needs to reach the fine limit or does not need to reach the fine limit.

本发明实施例中,计算可用于比对的面积,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the area that can be used for comparison is calculated, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块,根据完成单位面积比对所需要的时间,以及本次比对预期完成的时间,计算可用于比对的面积;For physical information or physical image or physical information plate or physical image plate, and design information or design image or design information plate or design image plate, according to the time required to complete the comparison per unit area, and the expected completion time of this comparison , calculate the area available for comparison;

所述计算方法包括但不限于:可用于比对的面积=单位面积*本次比对预期完成的时间/完成单位面积比对所需要的时间。The calculation method includes but is not limited to: area available for comparison = unit area * expected completion time of this comparison/time required to complete unit area comparison.

本发明实施例中,所述最小图形和/或最小尺寸和/或最小面积的获取方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for obtaining the minimum shape and/or the minimum size and/or the minimum area includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:

从相应的设计信息和/或实物信息和/或设计信息板块和/或实物信息板块中获取最小尺寸,所述获取的方法包括但不限于获取以下一种或多种信息:最小线宽、特征尺寸、工艺制程、栅极长度、沟道长度;Obtain the minimum size from the corresponding design information and/or physical information and/or design information block and/or physical information block, and the acquisition method includes but is not limited to acquiring one or more of the following information: minimum line width, feature Size, process, gate length, channel length;

基于最小尺寸进一步分析获取最小图形和/或最小面积;Further analysis based on minimum size to obtain minimum figure and/or minimum area;

在相应的设计图像和/或实物图像和/或设计图像板块和/或实物图像板块中识别最小图形和/或最小尺寸和/或最小面积。Identify the smallest graphic and/or smallest size and/or smallest area in the corresponding design image and/or physical image and/or design image tile and/or physical image tile.

本发明实施例中,在包括但不限于以下一种或多种情况下,该方法还包括调整相应分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对:In the embodiment of the present invention, under one or more circumstances including but not limited to the following, the method further includes adjusting the corresponding resolution and/or the number of pixels and then comparing:

图像比对开始前和/或拆分板块后和/或整体比对时,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对;Before starting the image comparison and/or after splitting the panels and/or during the overall comparison, adjust the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the physical image and/or design image and/or the physical image panel and/or the design image panel. Comparison;

细化比对缩小比对区域和/或减小颗粒度后,针对缩小后和/或减小颗粒度后的区域,调整相应图像的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对;Refinement and comparison After reducing the comparison area and/or reducing the granularity, for the area after the reduction and/or reducing the granularity, adjust the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the corresponding image before comparing;

选取采样块后,针对各采样块,调整相应图像的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对。After the sampling blocks are selected, for each sampling block, the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the corresponding images are adjusted and then compared.

本发明一个实施例中,该方法还包括:In an embodiment of the present invention, the method further includes:

针对包括但不限于以下一种或多种情况,调整比对的实现算法:不同的比对目的、不同的比对内容、不同的对比方法、不同的对比方式、比对中不同的工作阶段。Adjust the comparison implementation algorithm for one or more of the following situations, including but not limited to: different comparison purposes, different comparison contents, different comparison methods, different comparison methods, and different work stages in the comparison.

本发明实施例中,所述对所述设计信息进行验证,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the verification of the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

将芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于LVS检查或验证;Verify the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information, and the verification method includes but is not limited to LVS inspection or verification;

将芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证,和/或将芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于形式验证;Verifying the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information, and/or verifying the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information, the verification methods include but are not limited to formal verify;

将芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息,与对应的第四设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于形式验证。The third design information of the chip or chip module is verified with the corresponding fourth design information, and the verification method includes but is not limited to formal verification.

本发明一个实施例中,所述对所述设计信息进行验证前,该方法还包括:In an embodiment of the present invention, before the verification of the design information, the method further includes:

确认获取的设计信息的准确性。Confirm the accuracy of the obtained design information.

本发明实施例中,所述确认获取的设计信息的准确性的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

对于获取的用于比对的第一设计信息、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第二十九预设门限,确定获取的用于比对的第一设计信息与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification, it is confirmed that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent; A method for the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part to be the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: combining the acquired first design information format for comparison with the acquired The format of the first design information for verification is unified, image comparison is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts, graphic comparison is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts, and similarity is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts comparison, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the twenty-ninth preset threshold, and determine all or part of one of the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification The information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired first design information format for comparison and the acquired first design information format for verification; the method for unifying the two formats includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: One of the two formats is converted into another format, and both formats are converted into a third format; the third format refers to the obtained first design information format for comparison, obtained a format other than the first design information format used for verification;

对于获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,确认交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息格式统一;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对;确定相似度大于等于第三十预设门限;确定获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息、是从另一种或多种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得,和/或其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种或多种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法的应用场景,包括但不限于:对于模数混合芯片,确认其中的数字芯片模块的门级网表在格式转换为晶体管级的网表后,其内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中的数字芯片模块部分,相同或者保持一致;For the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , for any and/or set one or more pairwise combinations within the combination, and/or between the three, confirm that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same, and/or Keeping consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping parts and/or repeating parts is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the format of the design information; for overlapping parts Perform image comparison with and/or repeated parts; perform graphic comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; perform similarity comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirtieth preset threshold ; Determine the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , in which all or part of one or more of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the other Obtained by extracting all or part of the information from one or more information formats after conversion; the application scenarios of the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to : For the analog-digital hybrid chip, confirm that the gate-level netlist of the digital chip module in it is the same or consistent with the digital chip module part in the transistor-level netlist of the chip after the format is converted to the transistor-level netlist;

对于获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,将设计信息格式统一;所述将设计信息格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:对于两两组合的组合内部之间将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,对于两两组合的组合内部之间将两种格式均转化成第三种格式,对于两两组合的组合内部之间所述第三种格式是指除组合中的设计信息格式之外的格式,对于三者之间将格式统一成三者格式中的一种格式,对于三者之间将三者格式均转化成第四种格式,对于三者之间所述第四种格式是指除三者中的设计信息格式之外的格式;For the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , for any and/or set one or more pairwise combinations of the three, and/or between the three, unify the format of the design information; the method for unifying the format of the design information includes: However, it is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one format of the two formats into the other format for the combination of two-two combinations internally, and converting both formats for the internal-combination of two-two combinations The third format refers to the format other than the design information format in the combination, and the format is unified into one of the three formats for the combination of the three. For the three formats, the three formats are converted into the fourth format, and the fourth format for the three refers to formats other than the design information format among the three;

对于获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第三十一预设门限,确定获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired third design information for verification with the second design information, and the acquired third design information for verification with the fourth design information, confirm that the overlapping and/or repeated design information therein is the same, and / or keep it consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping portion and/or the repeating portion is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: The third design information format for design information verification is unified with the acquired third design information format used for verification with the fourth design information, and image comparison is performed for the overlapping portion and/or the repeated portion, and for the overlapping portion and/or Perform graphic comparison on the repeated part, perform similarity comparison on the overlapping part and/or the repeated part, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirty-first preset threshold, and determine the acquired third design for verification with the second design information Information and the obtained third design information for verification with the fourth design information, all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or one of the information All or part of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired third design information format for verification with the second design information and the acquired third design information format for verification with the fourth design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but not It is limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into another format, and converting both formats into a third format; the third format refers to the The third design information format verified by the second design information, and the acquired format other than the third design information format verified by the fourth design information;

对于获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第三十二预设门限,确定获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired fourth design information for verification with the second design information, and the acquired fourth design information for verification with the third design information, confirm that the overlapping part and/or the repeated part design information therein is the same, and / or keep it consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping portion and/or the repeating portion is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: The fourth design information format for verification of the design information is unified with the obtained fourth design information format for verification with the third design information, and image comparison is performed for the overlapping portion and/or the repeated portion, and the overlapping portion and/or Perform graphic comparison on the repeated part, perform similarity comparison on the overlapping part and/or the repeated part, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirty-second preset threshold, and determine the acquired fourth design for verification with the second design information Information and the obtained fourth design information for verification with the third design information, all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or one of the information All or part of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the second design information and the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the third design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but not It is limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into another format, and converting both formats into a third format; the third format refers to the The fourth design information format verified by the second design information, and the acquired format other than the fourth design information format verified by the third design information;

确认获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表为后端网表、和/或非前端网表;Confirm that the gate-level netlist in the acquired second design information is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist;

确认获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表为前端网表、和/或非后端网表;Confirm that the gate-level netlist in the acquired third design information is a front-end netlist and/or a non-back-end netlist;

所述确认获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表为后端网表、和/或非前端网表,和/或确认获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表为前端网表、和/或非后端网表的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:关键词检索;将获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表、与获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表,进行相似度比对、和/或确定相似度小于等于第三十三预设门限;The gate-level netlist in the confirmed second design information obtained is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist, and/or the gate-level netlist in the third design information obtained is confirmed to be a front-end netlist, and/or non-backend netlist methods, including but not limited to one or more of the following: keyword retrieval; gate-level netlists in the acquired second design information and gates in the acquired third design information level netlist, compare the similarity, and/or determine that the similarity is less than or equal to the thirty-third preset threshold;

确认获取的RTL代码为寄存器传输级描述、和/或非其他级别描述,所述其他级别描述包括但不限于门级描述;Confirm that the acquired RTL code is a register transfer level description and/or a non-other level description, and the other level description includes but is not limited to a gate level description;

通过所述获取的设计信息的文件后缀名,确认所述获取的设计信息的准确性。The accuracy of the acquired design information is confirmed by the file suffix of the acquired design information.

本发明实施例中,所述对所述设计信息进行验证时,所述设计信息之间的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:相同模块的对应关系、相同单元的对应关系、相同功能的对应关系、相同逻辑的对应关系、相同连接的对应关系。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the design information is verified, the corresponding relationship between the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the corresponding relationship of the same module, the corresponding relationship of the same unit, the same The corresponding relationship of functions, the corresponding relationship of the same logic, the corresponding relationship of the same connection.

本发明实施例中,开展所述验证时,确认验证的设置或/和条件,所述确认验证的设置或/和条件的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, when the verification is carried out, the settings or/and conditions of the verification are confirmed, and the method for confirming the settings or/and conditions of the verification includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

所述验证为LVS验证时,通过分析LVS验证针对的设计信息、或/和查看LVS验证针对的设计信息所对应的设计说明,确认LVS验证的设置或/和条件;所述LVS验证的设置或/和条件包括但不限于以下一种或多种:顶层设计、顶层单元、顶层逻辑、顶层模块;When the verification is LVS verification, the settings or/and conditions of the LVS verification are confirmed by analyzing the design information targeted for the LVS verification, or/and viewing the design description corresponding to the design information targeted by the LVS verification; /and conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: top-level design, top-level unit, top-level logic, top-level module;

所述验证为形式验证时,通过分析形式验证针对的设计信息、或/和查看形式验证针对的设计信息所对应的设计说明,确认形式验证的设置或/和条件;所述形式验证的设置或/和条件包括但不限于以下一种或多种:顶层设计、顶层单元、顶层逻辑、顶层模块、常量设置;When the verification is formal verification, confirm the settings or/and conditions of the formal verification by analyzing the design information targeted by the formal verification, or/and viewing the design description corresponding to the design information targeted by the formal verification; /and conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: top-level design, top-level unit, top-level logic, top-level module, and constant settings;

验证设置或/和条件中的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,与验证针对的设计信息相关,是所述芯片或芯片模块的所有或者部分的设计信息;所述验证设置的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,是所述芯片的部分的设计信息的应用场景,包括但不限于:对于模数混合芯片,形式验证设置或/和条件中的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,为模数混合芯片中的数字芯片模块。The top-level design and/or top-level cell and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module in the verification settings or/and conditions, related to the design information for which verification is aimed, is all or part of the design information of the chip or chip module; all The top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module of the verification setup are the application scenarios of the design information of the part of the chip, including but not limited to: for analog-digital hybrid chips, the formal verification setup or The top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module in the/and condition are digital chip modules in an analog-digital hybrid chip.

本发明实施例中,开展所述验证时,对验证的一项或多项结果或/和报告做综合分析,判断本次验证是否通过;所述验证为形式验证时,所述验证的结果或/和报告包括但不限于以下一种或多种:比较点匹配检查结果、验证结果、验证报告。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the verification is carried out, one or more results or/and reports of the verification are comprehensively analyzed to determine whether the verification has passed; when the verification is formal verification, the verification result or And/and reports include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: comparison point matching check results, verification results, verification reports.

本发明实施例中,所述基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module is determined based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

根据芯片或芯片模块的特点,确定为判定所述芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类;According to the characteristics of the chip or chip module, determine the type of comparison and/or verification required to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module;

针对所述需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,根据所述各种类所代表的环节的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配所述各种需要的比对和/或验证各自对应的分值;For the required comparison types and/or verification types, according to the degree of difficulty and/or criticality of the links represented by the various types, assign the corresponding comparisons and/or verification types score;

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展并通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when actually carried out and passed, the chip or chip module obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification;

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展未通过或实际未开展时,所述芯片或芯片模块不获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when the actual implementation fails or the actual implementation fails, the chip or chip module does not obtain the corresponding score for the comparison and/or verification;

综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值;Combining the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, in the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, sort out invalid scores;

在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中、去除无效分值、其余分值为有效分值,将有效分值求和、并将此求和结果作为所述芯片或芯片模块的最终得分;Among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, the invalid scores are removed, the remaining scores are valid scores, the valid scores are summed, and the summation result is used as the final score of the chip or chip module;

根据所述芯片或芯片模块的最终得分,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。According to the final score of the chip or chip module, the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module is determined.

本发明实施例中,所述综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, according to the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, invalid points are sorted out. Values, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

当所述芯片或芯片模块的实物信息与对应的第一设计信息进行比对未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块针对所述需要的验证中的每一种在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值均为无效分值;When the comparison between the physical information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding first design information fails, the chip or chip module obtains the actual verification information for each of the required verifications when it is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding scores are all invalid scores;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the third design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证未通过、且所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值。When the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information fails, and the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information fails, the The corresponding score obtained when the verification of the third design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score.

本发明实施例中,对于由一个或多个芯片模块组成的芯片,该芯片的自主度和/或可控度的判定包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, for a chip composed of one or more chip modules, the determination of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

针对芯片中的各芯片模块,根据各芯片模块实现的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配相应的权值,芯片的得分为各芯片模块得分的加权求和值,基于所述加权求和值对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定;For each chip module in the chip, a corresponding weight is assigned according to the difficulty and/or criticality of each chip module. The score of the chip is the weighted sum of the scores of each chip module, based on the weighted sum. Determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip;

所述分配相应的权值,需要确保一个既定功能的芯片在不同方案下由一个或多个芯片模块组成时,在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同;所述确保在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同的实现方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:权值分配归一化,在不同方案下、所述既定功能的芯片的各芯片模块的权值之和均相同,判定所述各芯片模块自主度和/或可控度最高时、所述各芯片模块的得分均相同,所述各芯片模块的满分均相同;When assigning corresponding weights, it is necessary to ensure that when a chip with a given function is composed of one or more chip modules under different schemes, the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or degree of control are the same; The implementation methods with the same scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or the same degree of controllability include but are not limited to one or more of the following: normalization of weight distribution, under different schemes, the predetermined function of the chip. The sum of the weights of each chip module is the same, and when it is determined that each chip module has the highest degree of autonomy and/or controllability, the score of each chip module is the same, and the full score of each chip module is the same;

针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的实物信息时,确保各芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的实物信息的总和为整个芯片的实物信息;For each chip module in the chip, when determining the physical information of each chip module, ensure that the physical information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the physical information of each chip module is the physical information of the entire chip;

针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的设计信息时,确保各芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的设计信息的总和为整个芯片的设计信息;For each chip module in the chip, when determining the design information of each chip module, ensure that the design information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the design information of each chip module is the design information of the entire chip;

各自芯片模块的实物信息与设计信息保持对应的关系。The physical information of the respective chip modules maintains a corresponding relationship with the design information.

(上述确保各芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复、和/或确保各芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复的目的之一,是避免针对同一比对内容和/或验证内容重复计分。例如:在包括但不限于以下一种或多种的情况下,确定各芯片模块的实物信息、和/或确定各芯片模块的设计信息时,确保各芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复、和/或确保各芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复:多个芯片模块放置在同一封装基板上时,针对封装基板的实物信息与对应的设计信息,根据其与各芯片模块的关系进行划分,确保各芯片模块所分配到的封装基板的实物信息不交叠、且其总和恰为封装基板的所有实物信息,确保各芯片模块所分配到的封装基板的设计信息不交叠、且其总和恰为封装基板的所有设计信息;多个芯片模块之间有连接时,针对芯片模块之间的实物连接关系与对应的设计连接关系,根据其与各芯片模块的关系进行划分,确保各芯片模块所分配到的芯片模块之间的实物连接关系不交叠、且其总和恰为各芯片模块之间的所有实物连接关系,确保各芯片模块所分配到的芯片模块之间的设计连接关系不交叠、且其总和恰为各芯片模块之间的所有设计连接关系。)(One of the above-mentioned purposes of ensuring that the physical information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and/or ensuring that the design information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat is to avoid the same comparison content and/or Or the verification content is repeatedly scored. For example: in the case of including but not limited to one or more of the following, when determining the physical information of each chip module and/or determining the design information of each chip module, ensure that the physical object of each chip module is determined. Non-overlapping and/or non-repetitive information, and/or ensuring that the design information of each chip module is non-overlapping and/or non-repetitive: When multiple chip modules are placed on the same packaging substrate, the physical information for the packaging substrate is the same as the corresponding one. The design information is divided according to its relationship with each chip module to ensure that the physical information of the packaging substrates allocated to each chip module does not overlap, and the sum of the physical information is exactly the same as all physical information of the packaging substrate, ensuring that each chip module is allocated to the The design information of the package substrate does not overlap, and its sum is exactly all the design information of the package substrate; when there are connections between multiple chip modules, according to the physical connection relationship between the chip modules and the corresponding design connection relationship, according to its Divide the relationship with each chip module to ensure that the physical connection relationship between the chip modules assigned to each chip module does not overlap, and the sum of the physical connection relationships between the chip modules is exactly the same, to ensure that each chip module is connected. The design connection relationships between the assigned chip modules do not overlap, and their sum is exactly all the design connection relationships between the chip modules.)

本发明实施例中,所述组成所述芯片的芯片模块中有相同型号的芯片模块时,将所述相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块,统一计算一次分值、分配一个权值;所述将所述相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块的处理方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, when there are chip modules of the same type in the chip modules that make up the chip, the chip modules of the same type are regarded as a whole chip module for detection, and a score is calculated and assigned a Weight; the processing method for treating the chip modules of the same model as an overall chip module for detection includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:

将所述相同型号的芯片模块的实物信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的实物信息,将所述相同型号的芯片模块的设计信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的设计信息,并针对所述检测的一个整体芯片模块计算得分;Determining the sum of the physical information of the chip modules of the same model as the physical information of an integral chip module of the detection, and determining the sum of the design information of the chip modules of the same model as the detection of an integral chip module design information, and calculate the score for an overall chip module of the detection;

从所述相同型号的芯片模块中,随机或按照规则选取一个芯片模块,将其得分作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的得分;From the chip modules of the same model, randomly or according to a rule, select a chip module, and use its score as the score of an overall chip module of the detection;

针对所述相同型号的芯片模块,从中选取所有数量或者部分数量的芯片模块,分别计算选取的各个芯片模块的得分,将选取的各个芯片模块的得分的平均值作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的分值。For the chip modules of the same model, select all or part of the number of chip modules, respectively calculate the scores of the selected chip modules, and use the average value of the scores of the selected chip modules as an overall chip module for the detection. 's score.

本发明实施例中,所述判定由一个或多个芯片模块组成的芯片的自主度和/或可控度的方法的适用范围,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the applicable scope of the method for determining the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip composed of one or more chip modules includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

由数字芯片模块和模拟芯片模块共同组成的模数混合芯片;An analog-digital hybrid chip composed of a digital chip module and an analog chip module;

由多个裸片(即所述芯片模块中的一种)封装在一起形成的多芯片组件MCM(即所述芯片中的一种);a multi-chip module MCM (ie, one of the chips) formed by packaging a plurality of bare chips (ie, one of the chip modules) together;

射频前端模组。RF front-end module.

为了实现上述方法实施例,本发明实施例还提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测装置,如图2所示,该装置包括:In order to implement the above method embodiments, the embodiments of the present invention further provide a detection device for a chip or a chip module. As shown in FIG. 2 , the device includes:

信息确定模块201,用于确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;an information determination module 201, configured to determine the physical information of the chip or the chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or the chip module;

信息处理模块202,用于将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;an information processing module 202, configured to compare the physical information with the design information, and/or verify the design information;

判定模块203,用于基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。The determination module 203 is configured to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or the chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result.

本发明实施例中,所述芯片包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

封装了一个或多个裸片的芯片;A chip that encapsulates one or more dies;

未封装的裸片。Unpackaged die.

本发明实施例中,所述芯片模块包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the chip module includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

封装了一个或多个裸片的芯片中的裸片;A die within a chip that encapsulates one or more dies;

裸片中的功能模块。Functional modules in a die.

本发明实施例中,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系,所述实物连接关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种表述形式:连接关系实物、描述连接关系的实物图、描述实物连接关系的表格、描述实物连接关系的管脚实物名称及由名称表述的实物连接关系;The physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules, the physical connection relationship includes but is not limited to one or more of the following expressions: The physical connection relationship, the physical diagram describing the connection relationship, the table describing the physical connection relationship, the physical name of the pin describing the physical connection relationship, and the physical connection relationship expressed by the name;

封装基板的实物信息,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:封装基板实物、封装基板实物线路或线路图、封装基板实物布局或布局图、封装基板实物布线或布线图、封装基板实物电路或电路图;Physical information of the packaging substrate, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: physical packaging substrate, physical circuit or circuit diagram of packaging substrate, physical layout or layout of packaging substrate, physical wiring or wiring diagram of packaging substrate, packaging substrate Substrate physical circuit or circuit diagram;

芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:芯片或芯片模块实物、芯片或芯片模块实物版图、芯片或芯片模块实物布图、芯片或芯片模块实物布局布线或布局布线图、芯片或芯片模块实物电路或电路图;Physical information of the chip or chip module, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: physical chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module, physical layout of chip or chip module Wiring or layout and wiring diagrams, physical circuits or circuit diagrams of chips or chip modules;

其中,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的实物信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述实物信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的实物信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定。Wherein, the physical information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following physical information: all layers, some layers, and one layer, and the method for selecting layer numbers includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: randomly selected, according to rules Select and set; for one layer, the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following physical information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, and a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to the following one or more. One or more: randomly selected, selected according to rules, set.

本发明实施例中,所述实物信息的获取方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for obtaining the physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

直接取得一个或多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息;Directly obtain one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and obtain physical information;

随机或按照规则选取一个或多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息;Randomly or according to rules, select one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and obtain physical information;

直接通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取实物信息:电子计算机断层扫描CT、X射线、X光、放射线、超声、无损检测;Obtain physical information directly through one or more of the following methods, including but not limited to: CT, X-ray, X-ray, radiation, ultrasound, non-destructive testing;

对已封装的芯片进行芯片开盖并获取实物信息;Uncover the packaged chip and obtain physical information;

针对芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系被遮挡的情况,通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取实物连接关系:CT、X射线、X光、放射线、超声、无损检测、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、抛光、腐蚀、刻蚀、剖片、解剖、染色;所述实物连接关系被遮挡的情况包括但不限于倒装焊的芯片中的所述实物连接关系被遮挡;For the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules is blocked, obtain through one or more methods including but not limited to the following Physical connection relationship: CT, X-ray, X-ray, radiation, ultrasound, non-destructive testing, delamination, flat grinding, grinding, grinding, polishing, polishing, corrosion, etching, sectioning, dissection, dyeing; the physical connection The situation where the relationship is blocked includes, but is not limited to, the physical connection relationship in the flip-chip soldered chip is blocked;

将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板分离、和/或将芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块分离,所述分离的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:断开或移除或去除连接线、腐蚀、刻蚀、加热、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、剖片、解剖、取下芯片;Separating a chip or chip module from a packaging substrate, and/or separating a chip or chip module from other chips or chip modules, including, but not limited to, one or more of the following: breaking or removing or removing connections wire, corrode, etch, heat, de-layer, flat grind, grind, grind, grind, section, dissect, remove chips;

通过包括但不限于以下一种或多种方式获取一层或多层的实物信息:直接获取、通过显微镜和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测获取、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、抛光、腐蚀、刻蚀、剖片、解剖、染色、断开或移除或去除连接线;Obtain physical information of one or more layers by means including but not limited to one or more of the following: direct acquisition, by microscope and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or or radiographic and/or ultrasonic and/or non-destructive testing to obtain, delaminate, flat grind, grind, grind, grind, polish, corrode, etch, section, dissect, stain, break or remove or remove connecting wires;

通过显微镜和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测、与拍照或/和图像采集或/和录像相结合,或者,直接拍照或/和图像采集或/和录像的方式获取并记录实物信息对应的实物图像、影像或视频;所述实物图像、影像或视频为一个文件、或者多个文件、或者由多个文件拼接或合成的一个整体文件;By microscope and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive examination, in combination with photography or/and image acquisition or/and video recording , or, directly take pictures or/and image acquisition or/and video recording to obtain and record the physical images, images or videos corresponding to the physical information; the physical images, images or videos are one file, or multiple files, or multiple A whole file that is spliced or synthesized from several files;

通过显微镜和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测、与肉眼观察相结合,或者直接肉眼观察的方式获取实物信息及对应的实物图像、影像。Obtained by microscope and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive testing, combined with visual observation, or direct visual observation Physical information and corresponding physical images and images.

本发明实施例中,所述信息确定模块201取得或者选取多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information determination module 201 obtains or selects multiple chips or chip modules to be tested and obtains physical information, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

为获取多个样本,对实物信息、或/和实物信息与设计信息的比对、或/和芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度做统计分析,取得或者选取多个相同型号的芯片或芯片模块、从各芯片或芯片模块中获取相同的实物信息;In order to obtain multiple samples, perform statistical analysis on the physical information, or/and the comparison between the physical information and the design information, or/and the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and obtain or select multiple samples of the same model. Chip or chip module, obtain the same physical information from each chip or chip module;

对于获取实物信息时有破坏性操作或/和从一个芯片或芯片模块中只能获取部分实物信息的情况,取得或者选取多个相同型号的芯片或芯片模块,并从各芯片或芯片模块中获取不同的实物信息、或同时获取相同和不同的实物信息;In the case of destructive operations or/and only part of the physical information can be obtained from one chip or chip module, obtain or select multiple chips or chip modules of the same type, and obtain from each chip or chip module Different physical information, or simultaneous acquisition of the same and different physical information;

为判定由多个芯片模块共同组成的芯片的自主度和/或可控度,对芯片中的多个芯片模块分别获取各自的实物信息、开展自主度和/或可控度的判定,基于此结果对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。In order to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip composed of multiple chip modules, the multiple chip modules in the chip obtain their respective physical information, and carry out the determination of autonomy and/or controllability. Based on this As a result, the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined.

本发明实施例中,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的设计连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的设计连接关系,所述设计连接关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种表述形式:描述连接关系的设计图、描述设计连接关系的表格、描述设计连接关系的管脚设计名称及由名称表述的设计连接关系;所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;所述设计连接关系的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;The design connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the design connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules, the design connection relationship includes but is not limited to one or more of the following expressions: A design diagram describing the connection relationship, a table describing the design connection relationship, the pin design name describing the design connection relationship, and the design connection relationship expressed by the name; the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: For all layers, some layers, and one layer, the selection methods of layer numbers include but are not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, selection according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the design information includes but is not limited to the following one or more One or more kinds of design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, one partial area, the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, selection according to rules, setting; the design connection relationship Formats include, but are not limited to, one or more formats;

封装基板的设计信息,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:封装基板设计线路或线路图、封装基板设计布局或布局图、封装基板设计布线或布线图、封装基板设计电路或电路图;所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;所述封装基板的设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;Design information of the packaging substrate, the design information including but not limited to one or more of the following: packaging substrate design circuit or circuit diagram, packaging substrate design layout or layout diagram, packaging substrate design wiring or wiring diagram, packaging substrate design circuit or Circuit diagram; the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: all layers, some layers, and one layer, and the selection method of layer numbers includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random selection, according to rules Select and set; for one of the layers, the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, and a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to the following one One or more: randomly selected, selected according to rules, and set; the format of the design information of the packaging substrate includes but is not limited to one or more formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息,所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种:芯片或芯片模块设计版图、芯片或芯片模块设计布图、芯片或芯片模块设计布局布线或布局布线图;所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述第一设计信息包括但不限于以下一种或多种的设计信息:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;用于比对的第一设计信息,是所述第一设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于验证的第一设计信息,是所述第一设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于比对的第一设计信息与用于验证的第一设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第一设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于比对的第一设计信息格式与用于验证的第一设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式;The first design information of the chip or chip module, the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: chip or chip module design layout, chip or chip module design layout, chip or chip module design layout and wiring or Layout and wiring diagram; the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: all layers, some layers, one layer, and the selection method of layer numbers includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random Select, select and set according to the rules; for one layer, the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following design information: the entire area, multiple partial areas, a partial area, and the selection method of the area Including but not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selected, selected according to rules, and set; the first design information used for comparison is all or part of the design information in the first design information; used for The first design information for verification is all or part of the design information in the first design information; the first design information for comparison and the first design information for verification are the same or different designs information; the format of the first design information includes but is not limited to one or more formats; the first design information format used for comparison and the first design information format used for verification are the same or different formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息,所述第二设计信息包括但不限于芯片或芯片模块的原理图和/或网表,所述原理图和/或网表包括但不限于以下一种或多种:原理图、原理图对应的网表、晶体管级的网表、数字芯片或数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表、数字芯片或数字芯片模块第一设计信息对应的门级网表;所述第二设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息,是所述第二设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第二设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的格式;Second design information of the chip or chip module, the second design information includes but is not limited to the schematic diagram and/or netlist of the chip or chip module, the schematic diagram and/or netlist includes but is not limited to one of the following or Various: schematic diagram, netlist corresponding to schematic diagram, transistor-level netlist, gate-level netlist for final design of digital chip or digital chip module, gate-level netlist corresponding to the first design information of digital chip or digital chip module ; The second design information includes but is not limited to all or part of the design information; the second design information used for verification with the first design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information ; The second design information used for verification with the third design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information is the first design information in the second design information. All design information or part of the design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the first design information, the second design information used for verification with the third design information, and the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information In the second design information, any two are the same or different design information; the format of the second design information includes but is not limited to one or more formats; the first design information used for verification with the first design information In the second design information format, the second design information format used for verification with the third design information, and the second design information format used for verification with the fourth design information, any two are the same or different formats;

芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息,所述第三设计信息包括但不限于数字芯片或数字芯片模块的寄存器传输级RTL代码综合形成的门级网表;所述第三设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息,是所述第三设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,是所述第三设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第三设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式;The third design information of the chip or chip module, the third design information includes but is not limited to the gate-level netlist formed by the register transfer level RTL code synthesis of the digital chip or the digital chip module; the third design information includes but is not limited to All or part of the design information; the third design information used for verification with the second design information is all or part of the design information in the third design information; the third design information used for verification with the fourth design information The third design information is all or part of the design information in the third design information; the third design information used for verification with the second design information, and the third design information used for verification with the fourth design information, are the same or different design information; the format of the third design information includes but is not limited to one or more formats; the third design information format used for verification with the second design information, and the format used for The third design information format for information verification, which is the same or a different format;

芯片或芯片模块的第四设计信息,所述第四设计信息包括但不限于数字芯片或数字芯片模块的RTL代码;所述第四设计信息包括但不限于所有或者部分的所述设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息,是所述第四设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,是所述第四设计信息中的所有设计信息或者部分设计信息;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息、与用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,为相同的或者不同的设计信息;所述第四设计信息的格式包括但不限于一种或多种格式;用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式,为相同的或者不同的格式。The fourth design information of the chip or chip module, the fourth design information includes but is not limited to the RTL code of the digital chip or the digital chip module; the fourth design information includes but is not limited to all or part of the design information; The fourth design information to be verified with the second design information is all or part of the design information in the fourth design information; the fourth design information to be verified with the third design information is the fourth design information All or part of the design information in the information; the fourth design information used for verification with the second design information and the fourth design information used for verification with the third design information are the same or different design information; The format of the fourth design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; the fourth design information format used for verification with the second design information, and the fourth design information format used for verification with the third design information, are the same or a different format.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 compares the physical information with the design information, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules with the corresponding design connection relationship to check whether the two are consistent;

将封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate to check whether the two are consistent;

将芯片或芯片模块的实物信息与对应的芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致;Compare the physical information of the chip or chip module with the first design information of the corresponding chip or chip module, and check whether the two are consistent;

所述比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的比对:所有层、部分层、一层,层号的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定;对于其中一层,所述比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的比对:整个区域、多个局部区域、一个局部区域,区域的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机选取、按照规则选取、设定。Described comparison includes but not limited to following one or more comparisons: all layers, some layers, one layer, the selection method of layer number includes but not limited to following one or more: randomly select, select according to rules, Setting; for one of the layers, the comparison includes but is not limited to the comparison of one or more of the following: the entire area, a plurality of partial areas, a partial area, and the selection method of the area includes but is not limited to one of the following or Various: random selection, selection according to rules, setting.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对之前,所述信息确定模块201,还用于确认获取的设计信息的准确性。In this embodiment of the present invention, before the information processing module 202 compares the physical information with the design information, the information determination module 201 is further configured to confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202采用的所述比对的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动比对,通过人工比对;In this embodiment of the present invention, the comparison method adopted by the information processing module 202 includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: automatic comparison through a detection device, and manual comparison;

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述实物信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述实物信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将实物信息记录为实物图像、将实物连接关系转化为描述实物连接关系的表格;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the physical information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the physical information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use. methods, including but not limited to one or more of the following: recording the physical information as a physical image, converting the physical connection relationship into a table describing the physical connection relationship;

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述设计信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息转化为设计图像、将设计连接关系转化为描述设计连接关系的表格;所述设计图像包括但不限于将设计信息保存为或/和转化为或/和记录为图像格式的图像;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the design information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device. method, including but not limited to one or more of the following: transforming design information into design images, transforming design connection relationships into tables describing design connection relationships; the design images include but are not limited to saving design information as or/or and images converted into or/and recorded in image format;

所述判断所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动判断,通过人工判断;The method for judging whether the format of the physical information and/or the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use includes, but is not limited to one or more of the following: human judgment;

所述将所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动调整,通过人工调整。The method for adjusting the format of the physical information and/or the design information to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: automatic adjustment by the detection device; Manual adjustment.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对时,所述实物信息与所述设计信息的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, when the information processing module 202 compares the physical information with the design information, the corresponding relationship between the physical information and the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

相同层的对应关系;Correspondence of the same layer;

相同区域的对应关系;Correspondence of the same area;

相同位置的对应关系;Correspondence of the same position;

相同位置比例的对应关系,所述相同位置比例的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:所述实物信息和/或实物图像中的位置、和整个实物信息和/或实物图像中各点之间的距离的比值,与所述设计信息和/或设计图像中的位置、和整个设计信息和/或设计图像中各点之间的距离的比值均相同,则所述实物信息和/或实物图像位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像位置为对应关系;所述实物信息和/或实物图像中的位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像中的位置,在整个实物信息和/或整个实物图像和/或整个设计信息和/或整个设计图像等比例缩放后,整个实物信息和/或整个实物图像、与整个设计信息和/或整个设计图像重合时,位置亦重合,则所述实物信息和/或实物图像位置、与所述设计信息和/或设计图像位置为对应关系;The corresponding relationship of the same position scale, the corresponding relationship of the same position scale includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the position in the physical information and/or the physical image, and the position in the entire physical information and/or the physical image. The ratio of the distance between the points is the same as the ratio of the position in the design information and/or the design image, and the ratio of the distance between the points in the entire design information and/or the design image, then the physical information and/or Or the position of the physical image, and the design information and/or the position of the design image are in a corresponding relationship; the position in the physical information and/or the physical image, and the position in the design information and/or the design image, are After the information and/or the entire physical image and/or the entire design information and/or the entire design image are proportionally scaled, when the entire physical information and/or the entire physical image coincide with the entire design information and/or the entire design image, the positions will also coincide , then the physical information and/or the physical image position, and the design information and/or the design image position are in a corresponding relationship;

相同管脚名称的对应关系。Correspondence of the same pin name.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对时,还用于:将实物信息或实物图像、与对应的设计信息或设计图像,各自拆分成一个或多个板块,实物信息或实物图像的板块、与设计信息或设计图像的板块保持对应关系,针对各板块分别开展比对,综合各板块的比对结果分析本次比对的结果;In the embodiment of the present invention, when the information processing module 202 compares the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image, it is also used to: compare the physical information or the physical image with the corresponding design information or design image, Each section is divided into one or more sections, the section of physical information or physical image maintains a corresponding relationship with the section of design information or design image, and the comparison is carried out for each section, and the comparison results of each section are combined to analyze this comparison. the result of;

其中,拆分成一个或多个板块的情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对内容集中在一个或多个局部区域中,按照集中的区域将其拆分成一个或多个板块;实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对内容,在不同区域的图形尺寸差异大、按照不同图形尺寸或者按照不同尺寸范围、将其拆分成一个或多个板块;Among them, the situation of splitting into one or more sections includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: physical information or physical images, and the comparison content with design information or design images are concentrated in one or more local areas, according to The concentrated area is divided into one or more sections; the physical information or physical images, and the content of the comparison with the design information or design images, the size of the graphics in different areas is greatly different, according to different graphic sizes or according to different size ranges, split it into one or more sections;

其中,拆分成板块后,如果某些板块中没有需要的比对内容,则该板块的比对省略或者不省略,该板块的比对省略时,所述综合各板块的比对结果分析本次比对的结果时,不计入该板块。Among them, after splitting into plates, if there is no required comparison content in some plates, the comparison of this plate is omitted or not omitted, and when the comparison of this plate is omitted, the comprehensive analysis of the comparison results of each plate This section is not included in the results of the second comparison.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对,和/或将实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块进行比对,所述比对的比对方式包括但不限于以下一种或多种:整体比对、细化比对、采样比对;In the embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 compares the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image, and/or compares the physical information block or the physical image block with the design information block or the design image block. Comparison, the comparison methods of the comparison include but are not limited to one or more of the following: overall comparison, detailed comparison, sampling comparison;

所述比对的比对内容包括但不限于以下一种或多种:连接关系、几何形状、几何形状特征;The comparison content of the comparison includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: connection relationship, geometric shape, geometric shape feature;

所述比对的比对精细程度使用颗粒度表示,所述比对精细程度与比对方式、方法、内容及目的相关,所述颗粒度包括但不限于比对所述比对内容的精确程度,所述颗粒度的最小极限包括但不限于以下一种或多种:相应信息和/或图像中的最小图形,相应信息和/或图像中的最小尺寸,相应信息和/或图像中的最小面积,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的图形,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的尺寸,根据相应信息和/或图像所设定的面积。The comparison fineness of the comparison is expressed by granularity, and the alignment fineness is related to the comparison method, method, content and purpose, and the granularity includes but is not limited to the accuracy of the comparison content. , the minimum limit of the granularity includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the smallest graphic in the corresponding information and/or image, the smallest size in the corresponding information and/or image, the smallest in the corresponding information and/or image Area, according to the graphics set according to the corresponding information and/or image, according to the size set according to the corresponding information and/or image, according to the area set according to the corresponding information and/or image.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对,和/或将实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块进行比对,还用于执行但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 compares the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image, and/or compares the physical information block or the physical image block with the design information block or the design image block. Alignment is also used to perform but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对要比对的实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,在所述调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像、和/或实物图像板块与设计图像板块,进行比对;Adjust the resolution and/or resolution of the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image and/or the design image block for the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block to be compared or the number of pixels, on the basis of the adjustment results, compare the physical image and the design image, and/or the physical image plate and the design image plate;

当所述比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,根据实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率、和/或本次计划比对的颗粒度在实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块中包含的像素数量,以及检测装置的比对能力,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,在所述调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像、和/或实物图像板块与设计图像板块,进行比对;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, for the granularity of this planned comparison, according to the resolution of the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block, and / or the number of pixels contained in the physical image and/or design image and/or physical image plate and/or design image plate for the granularity of this planned comparison, as well as the comparison ability of the detection device, adjust the physical image and / or The resolution and/or the number of pixels of the design image and/or the physical image block and/or the design image block, based on the adjustment results, for the physical image and the design image, and/or the physical image block and the design image block, carry out Comparison;

所述检测装置的比对能力包括但不限于:检测装置在所述颗粒度下为完成比对、针对实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块各自需要的最小分辨率、和/或所述颗粒度需包含的最小像素数量;The comparison capability of the detection device includes, but is not limited to: the minimum required by the detection device to complete the comparison under the granularity, for the actual image and/or the design image and/or the actual image plate and/or the design image plate respectively. resolution, and/or the minimum number of pixels to be included in the granularity;

所述调整的方法包括但不限于:针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,确保比对准确的前提下,减小实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量,使实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率减小、和/或实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块中所述颗粒度所包含的像素数量减小,且大于等于检测装置的比对能力。The adjustment methods include, but are not limited to: for the granularity of this planned comparison, on the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the comparison, reducing the size of the physical image and/or the design image and/or the physical image plate and/or the design image plate. Resolution and/or number of pixels to reduce the resolution of the physical image and/or design image and/or physical image tile and/or design image tile, and/or physical image and/or design image and/or physical image tile And/or the number of pixels included in the granularity in the design image plate is reduced, and is greater than or equal to the comparison capability of the detection device.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202采用所述整体比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 adopts the overall comparison method, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对;For the entire said physical information or physical image, compared with design information or design image, and/or for the entire said physical information block or physical image block, and design information block or design image block comparison;

所述整体比对包括但不限于以下一种或多种:整体精细比对、整体粗略比对;The overall alignment includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: overall fine alignment, overall rough alignment;

整体精细比对时,所述比对的颗粒度已达最小极限;During the overall fine comparison, the particle size of the comparison has reached the minimum limit;

整体粗略比对时,所述比对的颗粒度大于最小极限,所述比对内容体现为包括但不限于以下一种或多种:连接关系、芯片面积、芯片轮廓、封装基板面积、封装基板轮廓、图形概貌、图形分布特点、模块结构;In the overall rough comparison, the particle size of the comparison is greater than the minimum limit, and the comparison content is embodied in one or more of the following: connection relationship, chip area, chip outline, package substrate area, package substrate Outline, graphic overview, graphic distribution characteristics, module structure;

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的整体精细比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述整体精细比对所需时间小于等于第一预设门限;所述实物图像的像素数量小于等于第二预设门限;所述设计图像的像素数量小于等于第三预设门限;所述实物图像的分辨率小于等于第四预设门限;所述设计图像的分辨率小于等于第五预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像的面积小于等于第六预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像中的最小图形的面积大于等于第七预设门限;Applicable situations for the overall fine comparison of the entire physical information or physical image and design information or design images include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required to complete the overall fine comparison is less than or equal to the first preset time. Set a threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is less than or equal to a third preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image is less than or equal to a fourth preset threshold; the The resolution of the design image is less than or equal to the fifth preset threshold; the area of the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to the sixth preset threshold; the physical information and/or the physical The area of the smallest graphic in the image and/or the design information and/or the design image is greater than or equal to a seventh preset threshold;

针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的整体精细比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述板块的整体精细比对所需时间小于等于第八预设门限;所述实物图像板块的像素数量小于等于第九预设门限;所述设计图像板块的像素数量小于等于第十预设门限;所述实物图像板块的分辨率小于等于第十一预设门限;所述设计图像板块的分辨率小于等于第十二预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块的面积小于等于第十三预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块中的最小图形的面积大于等于第十四预设门限;The applicable situations for the overall fine comparison of the entire physical information plate or the physical image plate and the design information plate or the design image plate include but are not limited to one or more of the following: required to complete the overall fine comparison of the plate The time is less than or equal to the eighth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image block is less than or equal to the ninth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image block is less than or equal to the tenth preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image block is less than or equal to equal to the eleventh preset threshold; the resolution of the design image block is less than or equal to the twelfth preset threshold; the area of the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design information block and/or the design image block less than or equal to the thirteenth preset threshold; the area of the smallest graphic in the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design information block and/or the design image block is greater than or equal to the fourteenth preset threshold;

针对整个所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的整体粗略比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述整体精细比对所需时间大于等于所述第十五预设门限;所述实物图像的像素数量大于等于第十六预设门限;所述设计图像的像素数量大于等于第十七预设门限;所述实物图像的分辨率大于等于第十八预设门限;所述设计图像的分辨率大于等于第十九预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像的面积大于等于第二十预设门限;所述实物信息和/或实物图像和/或设计信息和/或设计图像中的最小图形的面积小于等于第二十一预设门限;整体粗略比对与所述其他比对方式相结合;Applicable situations for the overall rough comparison of the entire physical information or physical image and design information or design images include but are not limited to one or more of the following: the time required to complete the overall fine comparison is greater than or equal to the first Fifteen preset thresholds; the number of pixels of the physical image is greater than or equal to the sixteenth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is greater than or equal to the seventeenth preset threshold; the resolution of the physical image is greater than or equal to the eighteenth preset threshold preset threshold; the resolution of the design image is greater than or equal to the nineteenth preset threshold; the area of the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is greater than or equal to the twentieth preset threshold; The area of the smallest graphic in the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to the twenty-first preset threshold; the overall rough comparison is combined with the other comparison methods;

针对整个所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的整体粗略比对的适用情况包括但不限于以下一种或多种:完成所述板块的整体精细比对所需时间大于等于所述第二十二预设门限;所述实物图像板块的像素数量大于等于第二十三预设门限;所述设计图像板块的像素数量大于等于第二十四预设门限;所述实物图像板块的分辨率大于等于第二十五预设门限;所述设计图像板块的分辨率大于等于第二十六预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块的面积大于等于第二十七预设门限;所述实物信息板块和/或实物图像板块和/或设计信息板块和/或设计图像板块中的最小图形的面积小于等于第二十八预设门限;整体粗略比对与所述其他比对方式相结合。Applicable situations for the overall rough comparison of the entire physical information plate or physical image plate with the design information plate or design image plate include but are not limited to one or more of the following: required to complete the overall fine comparison of the plate The time is greater than or equal to the twenty-second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the physical image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-third preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-fourth preset threshold; The resolution of the physical image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-fifth preset threshold; the resolution of the design image block is greater than or equal to the twenty-sixth preset threshold; the physical information block and/or the physical image block and/or the design The area of the information panel and/or the design image panel is greater than or equal to the twenty-seventh preset threshold; the area of the smallest graphic in the physical information panel and/or the physical image panel and/or the design information panel and/or the design image panel is less than or equal to Equal to the twenty-eighth preset threshold; the overall rough alignment is combined with the other alignment methods.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202采用所述细化比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 adopts the detailed comparison method, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对,针对包括但不限于以下一种或多种的区域,逐步缩小比对区域和/或减小颗粒度,开展一次或者多次比对:整体比对未通过的区域、整体比对通过后感兴趣或认为关键的区域、实现复杂的区域、功能关键的区域、整个区域;For the comparison of the physical information or physical image, and design information or design image, and/or the physical information plate or physical image plate, and the design information plate or design image plate comparison, for including but not limited to the following One or more areas, gradually reduce the comparison area and/or reduce the particle size, and carry out one or more comparisons: areas that fail the overall comparison, areas that are of interest or considered critical after the overall comparison is passed, Realize complex areas, functionally critical areas, and entire areas;

所述开展一次或者多次比对时,细化极限为比对区域已缩小至相应信息和/或图像和/或信息板块和/或图像板块中的最小图形和/或最小尺寸、和/或颗粒度已达最小极限,细化比对需达到或者不需达到所述细化极限。When performing one or more comparisons, the refinement limit is that the comparison area has been reduced to the smallest graphic and/or the smallest size in the corresponding information and/or image and/or information panel and/or image panel, and/or The particle size has reached the minimum limit, and the refinement comparison needs to reach the refinement limit or does not need to reach the refinement limit.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202采用所述采样比对的方式,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 adopts the sampling comparison method, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对所述实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像的比对,和/或所述实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块的比对,计算和/或设定可用于比对的面积;Calculation and/or setting for the comparison of the physical information or physical image with the design information or the design image, and/or the comparison of the physical information plate or the physical image plate with the design information plate or the design image plate area available for comparison;

根据可用于比对的面积、从实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中选取若干采样块,所述若干采样块的面积之和不得超过所述可用于比对的面积;According to the area that can be used for comparison, select several sampling blocks from the physical information or physical image or physical information plate or physical image plate, and the sum of the areas of the several sampling blocks shall not exceed the area that can be used for comparison;

根据可用于比对的面积、从设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中选取若干采样块,所述若干采样块的面积之和不得超过所述可用于比对的面积;According to the area available for comparison, select several sampling blocks from the design information or design image or design information plate or design image plate, and the sum of the areas of the several sampling blocks shall not exceed the area available for comparison;

所述实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中选取的采样块与所述设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中选取的采样块保持对应关系;The sampling block selected from the physical information or the physical image or the physical information block or the physical image block maintains a corresponding relationship with the sampling block selected from the design information or the design image or the design information block or the design image block;

采样块的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机采样,按照规则采样,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块数量,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块的面积,设定;The selection methods of sampling blocks include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: random sampling, sampling according to rules, allocation of the number of sampling blocks proportional to graphics density and/or complexity, and allocation of sampling blocks proportional to graphics density and/or complexity. area, set;

将实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块中的采样块、与对应的设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块中的采样块进行比对;Compare the physical information or the physical image or the sampling blocks in the physical information plate or the physical image plate with the corresponding design information or design image or the sampling block in the design information plate or the design image plate;

综合各采样块的比对结果分析本采样比对的结果;Synthesize the comparison results of each sampling block to analyze the results of this sampling comparison;

采样比对的精细极限为颗粒度已达最小极限,采样比对需达到或者不需达到所述精细极限。The fine limit of the sampling comparison is that the granularity has reached the minimum limit, and the sampling comparison needs to reach the fine limit or does not need to reach the fine limit.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202计算可用于比对的面积,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 calculates an area that can be used for comparison, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

针对实物信息或实物图像或实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息或设计图像或设计信息板块或设计图像板块,根据完成单位面积比对所需要的时间,以及本次比对预期完成的时间,计算可用于比对的面积;For physical information or physical image or physical information plate or physical image plate, and design information or design image or design information plate or design image plate, according to the time required to complete the comparison per unit area, and the expected completion time of this comparison , calculate the area available for comparison;

所述计算方法包括但不限于:可用于比对的面积=单位面积*本次比对预期完成的时间/完成单位面积比对所需要的时间。The calculation method includes but is not limited to: area available for comparison = unit area * expected completion time of this comparison/time required to complete unit area comparison.

本发明实施例中,所述最小图形和/或最小尺寸和/或最小面积的获取方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for obtaining the minimum shape and/or the minimum size and/or the minimum area includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:

从相应的设计信息和/或实物信息和/或设计信息板块和/或实物信息板块中获取最小尺寸,所述获取的方法包括但不限于获取以下一种或多种信息:最小线宽、特征尺寸、工艺制程、栅极长度、沟道长度;Obtain the minimum size from the corresponding design information and/or physical information and/or design information block and/or physical information block, and the acquisition method includes but is not limited to acquiring one or more of the following information: minimum line width, feature Size, process, gate length, channel length;

基于最小尺寸进一步分析获取最小图形和/或最小面积;Further analysis based on minimum size to obtain minimum figure and/or minimum area;

在相应的设计图像和/或实物图像和/或设计图像板块和/或实物图像板块中识别最小图形和/或最小尺寸和/或最小面积。Identify the smallest graphic and/or smallest size and/or smallest area in the corresponding design image and/or physical image and/or design image tile and/or physical image tile.

本发明实施例中,在包括但不限于以下一种或多种情况下,所述信息处理模块202,还用于调整相应分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对:In this embodiment of the present invention, under one or more situations including but not limited to the following, the information processing module 202 is further configured to adjust the corresponding resolution and/or the number of pixels before comparing:

图像比对开始前和/或拆分板块后和/或整体比对时,调整实物图像和/或设计图像和/或实物图像板块和/或设计图像板块的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对;Before starting the image comparison and/or after splitting the panels and/or during the overall comparison, adjust the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the physical image and/or design image and/or the physical image panel and/or the design image panel. Comparison;

细化比对缩小比对区域和/或减小颗粒度后,针对缩小后和/或减小颗粒度后的区域,调整相应图像的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对;Refinement and comparison After reducing the comparison area and/or reducing the granularity, for the area after the reduction and/or reducing the granularity, adjust the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the corresponding image before comparing;

选取采样块后,针对各采样块,调整相应图像的分辨率和/或像素数量后再比对。After the sampling blocks are selected, for each sampling block, the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the corresponding images are adjusted and then compared.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202,还用于针对包括但不限于以下一种或多种情况,调整比对的实现算法:不同的比对目的、不同的比对内容、不同的对比方法、不同的对比方式、比对中不同的工作阶段。In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 is further configured to adjust the comparison implementation algorithm for one or more of the following situations, including but not limited to: different comparison purposes, different comparison contents, different comparison Comparison methods, different comparison methods, and different work stages in the comparison.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202对所述设计信息进行验证,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the information processing module 202 verifies the design information, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

将芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于LVS检查或验证;Verify the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information, and the verification method includes but is not limited to LVS inspection or verification;

将芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证,和/或将芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于形式验证;Verifying the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information, and/or verifying the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information, the verification methods include but are not limited to formal verify;

将芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息,与对应的第四设计信息进行验证,验证方法包括但不限于形式验证。The third design information of the chip or chip module is verified with the corresponding fourth design information, and the verification method includes but is not limited to formal verification.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202对所述设计信息进行验证前,所述信息确定模块201,还用于确认获取的设计信息的准确性。In this embodiment of the present invention, before the information processing module 202 verifies the design information, the information determination module 201 is further configured to confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information.

本发明实施例中,所述信息确定模块201确认获取的设计信息的准确性的方法包含但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the method for the information determination module 201 to confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

对于获取的用于比对的第一设计信息、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第二十九预设门限,确定获取的用于比对的第一设计信息与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification, it is confirmed that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent; A method for the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part to be the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: combining the acquired first design information format for comparison with the acquired The format of the first design information for verification is unified, image comparison is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts, graphic comparison is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts, and similarity is performed for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts comparison, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the twenty-ninth preset threshold, and determine all or part of one of the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification The information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、与获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于比对的第一设计信息格式、获取的用于验证的第一设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired first design information format for comparison and the acquired first design information format for verification; the method for unifying the two formats includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: One of the two formats is converted into another format, and both formats are converted into a third format; the third format refers to the obtained first design information format for comparison, obtained a format other than the first design information format used for verification;

对于获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,确认交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息格式统一;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对;确定相似度大于等于第三十预设门限;确定获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息、是从另一种或多种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得,和/或其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种或多种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法的应用场景,包括但不限于:对于模数混合芯片,确认其中的数字芯片模块的门级网表在格式转换为晶体管级的网表后,其内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中的数字芯片模块部分,相同或者保持一致;For the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , for any and/or set one or more pairwise combinations within the combination, and/or between the three, confirm that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same, and/or Keeping consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping parts and/or repeating parts is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the format of the design information; for overlapping parts Perform image comparison with and/or repeated parts; perform graphic comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; perform similarity comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirtieth preset threshold ; Determine the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , in which all or part of one or more of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the other Obtained by extracting all or part of the information from one or more information formats after conversion; the application scenarios of the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to : For the analog-digital hybrid chip, confirm that the gate-level netlist of the digital chip module is the same or consistent with the digital chip module part in the transistor-level netlist of the chip after the format is converted to the transistor-level netlist;

对于获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,将设计信息格式统一;所述将设计信息格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:对于两两组合的组合内部之间将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,对于两两组合的组合内部之间将两种格式均转化成第三种格式,对于两两组合的组合内部之间所述第三种格式是指除组合中的设计信息格式之外的格式,对于三者之间将格式统一成三者格式中的一种格式,对于三者之间将三者格式均转化成第四种格式,对于三者之间所述第四种格式是指除三者中的设计信息格式之外的格式;For the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , for any and/or set one or more pairwise combinations of the three, and/or between the three, unify the format of the design information; the method for unifying the format of the design information includes: However, it is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one format of the two formats into the other format for the combination of two-two combinations internally, and converting both formats for the internal-combination of two-two combinations The third format refers to the format other than the design information format in the combination, and the format is unified into one of the three formats for the combination of the three. For the three formats, the three formats are converted into the fourth format, and the fourth format for the three refers to formats other than the design information format among the three;

对于获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第三十一预设门限,确定获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired third design information for verification with the second design information, and the acquired third design information for verification with the fourth design information, confirm that the overlapping and/or repeated design information therein is the same, and / or keep it consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping portion and/or the repeating portion is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: The third design information format for design information verification is unified with the acquired third design information format used for verification with the fourth design information, and image comparison is performed for the overlapping portion and/or the repeated portion, and for the overlapping portion and/or Perform graphic comparison on the repeated part, perform similarity comparison on the overlapping part and/or the repeated part, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirty-first preset threshold, and determine the acquired third design for verification with the second design information Information and the obtained third design information for verification with the fourth design information, all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or one of the information All or part of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式、获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第三设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired third design information format for verification with the second design information and the acquired third design information format for verification with the fourth design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but not It is limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into another format, and converting both formats into a third format; the third format refers to the The third design information format verified by the second design information, and the acquired format other than the third design information format verified by the fourth design information;

对于获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息,确认其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式统一,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对,针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对,确定相似度大于等于第三十二预设门限,确定获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息中、其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是从另一种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得、和/或其中一种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;For the acquired fourth design information for verification with the second design information, and the acquired fourth design information for verification with the third design information, confirm that the overlapping part and/or the repeated part design information therein is the same, and / or keep it consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping portion and/or the repeating portion is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: The fourth design information format for verification of the design information is unified with the obtained fourth design information format for verification with the third design information, and image comparison is performed for the overlapping portion and/or the repeated portion, and the overlapping portion and/or Perform graphic comparison on the repeated part, perform similarity comparison on the overlapping part and/or the repeated part, determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirty-second preset threshold, and determine the acquired fourth design for verification with the second design information Information and the obtained fourth design information for verification with the third design information, all or part of the information of one type of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type of information, and/or one of the information All or part of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another information format after conversion;

将获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、与获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式统一;所述将二者的格式统一的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将两种格式中的一种格式转换成另一种格式,将两种格式均转化成第三种格式;所述第三种格式是指除获取的用于与第二设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第四设计信息格式之外的格式;Unify the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the second design information and the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the third design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but not It is limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into another format, and converting both formats into a third format; the third format refers to the The fourth design information format verified by the second design information, and the acquired format other than the fourth design information format verified by the third design information;

确认获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表为后端网表、和/或非前端网表;Confirm that the gate-level netlist in the acquired second design information is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist;

确认获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表为前端网表、和/或非后端网表;Confirm that the gate-level netlist in the acquired third design information is a front-end netlist and/or a non-back-end netlist;

所述确认获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表为后端网表、和/或非前端网表,和/或确认获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表为前端网表、和/或非后端网表的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:关键词检索;将获取的第二设计信息中的门级网表、与获取的第三设计信息中的门级网表,进行相似度比对、和/或确定相似度小于等于第三十三预设门限;The gate-level netlist in the confirmed second design information obtained is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist, and/or the gate-level netlist in the third design information obtained is confirmed to be a front-end netlist, and/or non-backend netlist methods, including but not limited to one or more of the following: keyword retrieval; gate-level netlists in the acquired second design information and gates in the acquired third design information level netlist, compare the similarity, and/or determine that the similarity is less than or equal to the thirty-third preset threshold;

确认获取的RTL代码为寄存器传输级描述、和/或非其他级别描述,所述其他级别描述包括但不限于门级描述;Confirm that the acquired RTL code is a register transfer level description and/or a non-other level description, and the other level description includes but is not limited to a gate level description;

通过所述获取的设计信息的文件后缀名,确认所述获取的设计信息的准确性。The accuracy of the acquired design information is confirmed by the file suffix of the acquired design information.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202对所述设计信息进行验证时,所述设计信息之间的对应关系包括但不限于以下一种或多种:相同模块的对应关系、相同单元的对应关系、相同功能的对应关系、相同逻辑的对应关系、相同连接的对应关系。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the information processing module 202 verifies the design information, the corresponding relationship between the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the corresponding relationship of the same module, the corresponding relationship of the same unit Correspondence, correspondence of the same function, correspondence of the same logic, correspondence of the same connection.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202开展所述验证时,确认验证的设置或/和条件,所述确认验证的设置或/和条件的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, when the information processing module 202 performs the verification, it confirms the settings and/or conditions of the verification, and the method for confirming the settings and/or conditions of the verification includes but is not limited to one or more of the following :

所述验证为LVS验证时,通过分析LVS验证针对的设计信息、或/和查看LVS验证针对的设计信息所对应的设计说明,确认LVS验证的设置或/和条件;所述LVS验证的设置或/和条件包括但不限于以下一种或多种:顶层设计、顶层单元、顶层逻辑、顶层模块;When the verification is LVS verification, the settings or/and conditions of the LVS verification are confirmed by analyzing the design information targeted for the LVS verification, or/and viewing the design description corresponding to the design information targeted by the LVS verification; /and conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: top-level design, top-level unit, top-level logic, top-level module;

所述验证为形式验证时,通过分析形式验证针对的设计信息、或/和查看形式验证针对的设计信息所对应的设计说明,确认形式验证的设置或/和条件;所述形式验证的设置或/和条件包括但不限于以下一种或多种:顶层设计、顶层单元、顶层逻辑、顶层模块、常量设置;When the verification is formal verification, confirm the settings or/and conditions of the formal verification by analyzing the design information targeted by the formal verification, or/and viewing the design description corresponding to the design information targeted by the formal verification; /and conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: top-level design, top-level unit, top-level logic, top-level module, and constant settings;

验证设置或/和条件中的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,与验证针对的设计信息相关,是所述芯片或芯片模块的所有或者部分的设计信息;所述验证设置的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,是所述芯片的部分的设计信息的应用场景,包括但不限于:对于模数混合芯片,形式验证设置或/和条件中的顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,为模数混合芯片中的数字芯片模块。The top-level design and/or top-level cell and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module in the verification settings or/and conditions, related to the design information for which verification is aimed, is all or part of the design information of the chip or chip module; all The top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module of the verification setup are the application scenarios of the design information of the part of the chip, including but not limited to: for analog-digital hybrid chips, the formal verification setup or The top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module in the/and condition are digital chip modules in an analog-digital hybrid chip.

本发明实施例中,所述信息处理模块202开展所述验证时,对验证的一项或多项结果或/和报告做综合分析,判断本次验证是否通过;所述验证为形式验证时,所述验证的结果或/和报告包括但不限于以下一种或多种:比较点匹配检查结果、验证结果、验证报告。In the embodiment of the present invention, when the information processing module 202 carries out the verification, it comprehensively analyzes one or more results or/and reports of the verification to determine whether the verification has passed; when the verification is formal verification, The verification results or/and reports include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: comparison point matching check results, verification results, and verification reports.

本发明实施例中,所述判定模块203基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the determination module 203 determines the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

根据芯片或芯片模块的特点,确定为判定所述芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类;According to the characteristics of the chip or chip module, determine the type of comparison and/or verification required to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module;

针对所述需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,根据所述各种类所代表的环节的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配所述各种需要的比对和/或验证各自对应的分值;For the required comparison types and/or verification types, according to the degree of difficulty and/or criticality of the links represented by the various types, assign the corresponding comparisons and/or verification types score;

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展并通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when actually carried out and passed, the chip or chip module obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification;

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展未通过或实际未开展时,所述芯片或芯片模块不获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when the actual implementation fails or the actual implementation fails, the chip or chip module does not obtain the corresponding score for the comparison and/or verification;

综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值;Combining the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, in the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, sort out invalid scores;

在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中、去除无效分值、其余分值为有效分值,将有效分值求和、并将此求和结果作为所述芯片或芯片模块的最终得分;Among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, the invalid scores are removed, the remaining scores are valid scores, the valid scores are summed, and the summation result is used as the final score of the chip or chip module;

根据所述芯片或芯片模块的最终得分,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。According to the final score of the chip or chip module, the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module is determined.

本发明实施例中,所述判定模块203综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, the determination module 203 synthesizes the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, and sorts out the scores corresponding to the various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or the chip module. Invalid scores, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

当所述芯片或芯片模块的实物信息与对应的第一设计信息进行比对未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块针对所述需要的验证中的每一种在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值均为无效分值;When the comparison between the physical information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding first design information fails, the chip or chip module obtains the actual verification information for each of the required verifications when it is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding scores are all invalid scores;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When the verification of the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding second design information fails, the verification of the third design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed. The corresponding score obtained at the time is invalid score;

当所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证未通过、且所述芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证未通过时,所述芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值。When the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information fails, and the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information fails, the The corresponding score obtained when the verification of the third design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score.

本发明实施例中,对于由一个或多个芯片模块组成的芯片,该芯片的自主度和/或可控度的判定包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, for a chip composed of one or more chip modules, the determination of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

针对芯片中的各芯片模块,根据各芯片模块实现的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配相应的权值,芯片的得分为各芯片模块得分的加权求和值,基于所述加权求和值对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定;For each chip module in the chip, a corresponding weight is assigned according to the difficulty and/or criticality of each chip module. The score of the chip is the weighted sum of the scores of each chip module, based on the weighted sum. Determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip;

所述分配相应的权值,需要确保一个既定功能的芯片在不同方案下由一个或多个芯片模块组成时,在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同;所述确保在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同的实现方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:权值分配归一化,在不同方案下、所述既定功能的芯片的各芯片模块的权值之和均相同,判定所述各芯片模块自主度和/或可控度最高时、所述各芯片模块的得分均相同,所述各芯片模块的满分均相同;When assigning corresponding weights, it is necessary to ensure that when a chip with a given function is composed of one or more chip modules under different schemes, the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or degree of control are the same; The implementation methods with the same scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or the same degree of controllability include but are not limited to one or more of the following: normalization of weight distribution, under different schemes, the predetermined function of the chip. The sum of the weights of each chip module is the same, and when it is determined that each chip module has the highest degree of autonomy and/or controllability, the score of each chip module is the same, and the full score of each chip module is the same;

针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的实物信息时,确保各芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的实物信息的总和为整个芯片的实物信息;For each chip module in the chip, when determining the physical information of each chip module, ensure that the physical information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the physical information of each chip module is the physical information of the entire chip;

针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的设计信息时,确保各芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的设计信息的总和为整个芯片的设计信息;For each chip module in the chip, when determining the design information of each chip module, ensure that the design information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the design information of each chip module is the design information of the entire chip;

各自芯片模块的实物信息与设计信息保持对应的关系。The physical information of the respective chip modules maintains a corresponding relationship with the design information.

本发明实施例中,所述组成所述芯片的芯片模块中有相同型号的芯片模块时,将所述相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块,统一计算一次分值、分配一个权值;所述判定模块203将所述相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块的处理方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In the embodiment of the present invention, when there are chip modules of the same type in the chip modules that make up the chip, the chip modules of the same type are regarded as a whole chip module for detection, and a score is calculated and assigned a Weight; the processing method that the determination module 203 treats the chip modules of the same model as an overall chip module for detection includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

将所述相同型号的芯片模块的实物信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的实物信息,将所述相同型号的芯片模块的设计信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的设计信息,并针对所述检测的一个整体芯片模块计算得分;Determining the sum of the physical information of the chip modules of the same model as the physical information of an integral chip module of the detection, and determining the sum of the design information of the chip modules of the same model as the detection of an integral chip module design information, and calculate the score for an overall chip module of the detection;

从所述相同型号的芯片模块中,随机或按照规则选取一个芯片模块,将其得分作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的得分;From the chip modules of the same model, randomly or according to a rule, select a chip module, and use its score as the score of an overall chip module of the detection;

针对所述相同型号的芯片模块,从中选取所有数量或者部分数量的芯片模块,分别计算选取的各个芯片模块的得分,将选取的各个芯片模块的得分的平均值作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的分值。For the chip modules of the same model, select all or part of the number of chip modules, respectively calculate the scores of the selected chip modules, and use the average value of the scores of the selected chip modules as an overall chip module for the detection. 's score.

本发明实施例中,所述判定由一个或多个芯片模块组成的芯片的自主度和/或可控度的方法的适用范围,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:In this embodiment of the present invention, the applicable scope of the method for determining the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip composed of one or more chip modules includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:

由数字芯片模块和模拟芯片模块共同组成的模数混合芯片;An analog-digital hybrid chip composed of a digital chip module and an analog chip module;

由多个裸片封装在一起形成的多芯片组件MCM;A multi-chip module MCM formed from multiple dies packaged together;

射频前端模组。RF front-end module.

本发明实施例还提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测装置,该装置包括:处理器和用于存储能够在处理器上运行的计算机程序的存储器,An embodiment of the present invention also provides a detection device for a chip or a chip module, the device includes: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program that can be run on the processor,

其中,所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时,执行:Wherein, when the processor is configured to run the computer program, execute:

确定芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,和/或确定芯片或芯片模块的设计信息;Determine the physical information of the chip or chip module, and/or determine the design information of the chip or chip module;

将所述实物信息与所述设计信息进行比对,和/或对所述设计信息进行验证;comparing the physical information with the design information, and/or verifying the design information;

基于比对结果和/或验证结果,对芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。Based on the comparison result and/or the verification result, the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip or chip module is determined.

本发明实施例中,所述处理器用于运行所述计算机程序时,还执行上述方法实施例所述的内容,此处不再详述。In this embodiment of the present invention, when the processor is configured to run the computer program, it also executes the content described in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be described in detail here.

需要说明的是:上述实施例提供的装置在进行芯片或芯片模块检测时,仅以上述各程序模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述处理分配由不同的程序模块完成,即将设备的内部结构划分成不同的程序模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分处理。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与相应方法实施例属于同一构思,其具体实现过程详见方法实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that: when the device provided in the above embodiment performs chip or chip module detection, only the division of the above program modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above processing may be allocated to different program modules as required. , that is, dividing the internal structure of the device into different program modules to complete all or part of the processing described above. In addition, the apparatus provided in the above-mentioned embodiment and the corresponding method embodiment belong to the same concept, and the specific implementation process thereof is detailed in the method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.

下面结合场景实施例对本发明进行描述。The present invention will be described below with reference to scenario embodiments.

本实施例提供了一种芯片或芯片模块的检测方法,通过追溯芯片或芯片模块的设计过程、对芯片或芯片模块各个环节的输出进行比对、验证的方式,检查芯片自主可控度。通过比对和/或验证、按照一定规则逻辑计算总得分,得到的分值越高,则说明此芯片设计过程自主化和/或可控程度越高,相应的自主度和/或可控度越高。该实施例为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度的评估提供一个简便、客观的检测依据,提高了芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的客观性、实操性和全面性。This embodiment provides a detection method for a chip or a chip module, which checks the autonomy and controllability of the chip by tracing the design process of the chip or the chip module, and comparing and verifying the outputs of each link of the chip or the chip module. Through comparison and/or verification, the total score is calculated according to certain rules and logic. The higher the obtained score, the higher the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip design process, and the corresponding degree of autonomy and/or controllability. higher. This embodiment provides a simple and objective detection basis for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and improves the objectivity and practical operation of the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module sex and comprehensiveness.

场景实施例1:Scenario Example 1:

针对某型号封装了一个裸片的、不含数字模块的芯片,提供一个实施例,可按照包括但不限于如下流程(流程图见图3,为了清楚显示,图中仅给出各操作的编号)判定此芯片的自主度和/或可控度:For a chip of a certain type that encapsulates a bare die and does not contain a digital module, an embodiment is provided, which can be performed according to the following processes including but not limited to (see Figure 3 for the flowchart. For the sake of clarity, only the number of each operation is given in the figure). ) to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of this chip:

一、确定芯片的实物信息和设计信息:1. Determine the physical information and design information of the chip:

1.1,确定芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系(实物信息的一种):1.1. Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip and the packaging substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的实物连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的实物图-图A;Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined as a physical diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure A;

这里假定实物连接关系都集中在一层中、该层的实物图即代表了整个实物连接关系。若实物连接关系有多层,则可根据实际情况,记录所有层、部分层、或者其中一层的连接关系,得到描述连接关系的实物图。It is assumed here that the physical connection relationships are concentrated in one layer, and the physical map of this layer represents the entire physical connection relationship. If the physical connection relationship has multiple layers, the connection relationship of all layers, some layers, or one of the layers can be recorded according to the actual situation, and a physical map describing the connection relationship can be obtained.

1.2,确定封装基板的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.2. Determine the physical information of the package substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定封装基板的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板实物,记录为封装基板实物图-图Bi、图Bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined that it is the physical packaging substrate, and is recorded as the physical image of the packaging substrate - Figure Bi, Figure Bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

确定封装基板实物作为封装基板的实物信息,对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,随机(也可以是按照规则选取、设定等其他方式)选取i层、j层,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Bi、图Bj;Determine the actual packaging substrate as the physical information of the packaging substrate. For the case where the packaging substrate circuit has multiple layers, select the i-layer and j-layer at random (or in other ways such as selection and setting according to the rules), and combine the microscope and photography. Record it as an image to get Figure Bi and Figure Bj;

这里假定封装基板线路有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于封装基板线路仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, it is also possible to select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the circuit of the package substrate, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.3,确定芯片的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.3, determine the physical information of the chip (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片实物版图,记录为芯片实物版图-图Cp、图Cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the chip, in this embodiment, determine that it is the physical layout of the chip, and record it as the physical layout of the chip - Figure Cp, Figure Cq (p, q are selected layer numbers);

确定芯片实物版图作为芯片的实物信息,对于芯片版图有多层的情况,设定(也可以是随机、按照规则选取等其他方式选取)p层、q层作为实物信息,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Cp、图Cq;Determine the physical layout of the chip as the physical information of the chip. For the case where the chip layout has multiple layers, set (or select randomly, according to rules and other methods) p-layer and q-layer as the physical information, and combine the microscope and photography. way to record it as an image, and obtain the graph Cp and graph Cq;

这里假定芯片版图有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也其可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于芯片版图有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于芯片版图仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the chip layout has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the chip layout has multiple layers, you can also select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the chip layout, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.4,确定芯片与封装基板间的设计连接关系(设计信息的一种):1.4. Determine the design connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate (a type of design information):

确认芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的设计连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的设计图-图a;Confirm the design connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined to be a design diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure a;

描述连接关系的设计图中层号的选取,与描述连接关系的实物图相对应。The selection of layer numbers in the design diagram describing the connection relationship corresponds to the physical diagram describing the connection relationship.

1.5,确定封装基板的设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.5. Determine the design information of the package substrate (a type of design information):

确定封装基板的设计信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板设计线路图-图bi、图bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the design information of the packaging substrate, which is determined as the packaging substrate design circuit diagram in this embodiment - Figure bi, Figure bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

封装基板设计线路图中层号的选取,与封装基板实物图相对应。The selection of the layer number in the design circuit diagram of the packaging substrate corresponds to the actual drawing of the packaging substrate.

1.6,确定芯片的第一设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.6, determine the first design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第一设计信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片的设计版图-图c(芯片的全部设计版图)、图cp、图cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the first design information of the chip, which is determined to be the design layout of the chip in this embodiment - Figure c (full design layout of the chip), Figure cp, Figure cq (p, q are the selected layer numbers);

图c是芯片的全部设计版图,即所有层整个区域的版图,便于后续与第二设计信息做验证,是用于验证的第一设计信息;图cp、图cq是芯片设计版图中的p层、q层的版图,即为图c的部分版图,层号的选取,与芯片实物版图相对应,便于后续与芯片实物版图比对,是用于比对的第一设计信息。Figure c is the entire design layout of the chip, that is, the layout of the entire area of all layers, which is convenient for subsequent verification with the second design information, and is the first design information for verification; Figure cp and Figure cq are the p layer in the chip design layout The layout of layer , q is part of the layout of Figure c. The selection of the layer number corresponds to the physical layout of the chip, which is convenient for subsequent comparison with the physical layout of the chip, and is the first design information for comparison.

1.7,确定芯片的第二设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.7, determine the second design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第二设计信息,本实施例中确定第二设计信息为芯片的原理图。The second design information of the chip is determined. In this embodiment, the second design information is determined to be a schematic diagram of the chip.

二、将实物信息与设计信息进行比对,对设计信息进行验证:2. Compare the physical information with the design information, and verify the design information:

2.1,将芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.1. Compare the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate with the corresponding design connection relationship to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

比对图A中各管脚之间的连接关系与图a中各管脚之间的连接关系是否一致。Compare whether the connection relationship between the pins in Figure A is consistent with the connection relationship between the pins in Figure a.

2.2,将封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.2. Compare the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

将图Bi与图bi做比对,将图Bj与图bj作比对,检查图中线路等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Bi with the graph bi, and compare the graph Bj with the graph bj, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the lines in the graph are consistent.

2.3,将芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.3. Compare the physical information of the chip with the first design information of the corresponding chip, and check whether the two are consistent (one type of comparison):

将图Cp与图cp做比对,将图Cq与图cq作比对,检查图中版图等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Cp with the graph cp, compare the graph Cq with the graph cq, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the layout in the graph are consistent.

2.4,将芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于LVS检查或验证:2.4, verify the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (a kind of verification), and the verification methods include but are not limited to LVS inspection or verification:

将芯片的设计版图(图c)与芯片的原理图进行LVS验证。The design layout of the chip (Figure c) and the schematic diagram of the chip are verified by LVS.

三、基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定:3. Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip:

基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

根据芯片的特点,确定为判定芯片的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类:本实施例中,确定需要的比对种类为:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条);确定需要的验证种类为:芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条);According to the characteristics of the chip, determine the type of comparison and/or verification required to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip: In this embodiment, the type of comparison required is determined as: the type of comparison between the chip and the packaging substrate The physical connection relationship and the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the comparison between the physical information of the package substrate and the design information of the corresponding package substrate (Item 2.2), the physical information of the chip and the corresponding chip first. Comparison of design information (section 2.3); determine the type of verification required: verification of the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (section 2.4);

针对所述需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,根据所述各种类所代表的环节的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配所述各种需要的比对和/或验证各自对应的分值:本实施例中,针对如下比对、验证分配各自对应的分值:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条),芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条);For the required comparison types and/or verification types, according to the degree of difficulty and/or criticality of the links represented by the various types, assign the corresponding comparisons and/or verification types Score: In this embodiment, the corresponding scores are allocated for the following comparisons and verifications: the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate, the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the physical information of the package substrate Comparison with the design information of the corresponding package substrate (2.2), comparison between the physical information of the chip and the first design information of the corresponding chip (2.3), the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information verification (Article 2.4);

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展并通过时,芯片获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;在实际开展未通过或实际未开展时,芯片不获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when actually carried out and passed, the chip obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification; The chip does not obtain the corresponding score for this comparison and/or verification;

综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值;Combining the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip, sort out invalid scores;

在芯片获得的各种比对和验证对应的分值中、去除无效分值、其余分值为有效分值,将有效分值求和、并将此求和结果作为所述芯片的最终得分;Among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and verifications obtained by the chip, the invalid scores are removed, the remaining scores are valid scores, the valid scores are summed, and the summation result is used as the final score of the chip;

根据所述芯片的最终得分,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。According to the final score of the chip, the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined.

场景实施例2:Scenario Example 2:

针对某型号封装了一个裸片的数字芯片,提供一个实施例,可按照包括但不限于如下流程(流程图见图4,为了清楚显示,图中仅给出各操作的编号,另外,2.5中的和/或关系,图中无法一一展示,只展示其中一种情况-将1.7条中的第二设计信息与1.8条中的第三设计信息进行验证)判定此芯片的自主度和/或可控度:For a digital chip of a certain type that encapsulates a bare chip, an example is provided, which can include but not limited to the following process (see the flowchart in Figure 4, for the sake of clarity, only the number of each operation is given in the figure, in addition, in 2.5 and/or relationship, which cannot be shown in the figure, only one of them is shown - verify the second design information in Article 1.7 and the third design information in Article 1.8) to determine the autonomy of this chip and / or Controllability:

一、确定芯片的实物信息和设计信息:1. Determine the physical information and design information of the chip:

1.1,确定芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系(实物信息的一种):1.1. Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip and the packaging substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的实物连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的实物图-图A;Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined as a physical diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure A;

这里假定实物连接关系都集中在一层中、该层的实物图即代表了整个实物连接关系。若实物连接关系有多层,则可根据实际情况,记录所有层、部分层、或者其中一层的连接关系,得到描述连接关系的实物图。It is assumed here that the physical connection relationships are concentrated in one layer, and the physical map of this layer represents the entire physical connection relationship. If the physical connection relationship has multiple layers, the connection relationship of all layers, some layers, or one of the layers can be recorded according to the actual situation, and a physical map describing the connection relationship can be obtained.

1.2,确定封装基板的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.2. Determine the physical information of the package substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定封装基板的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板实物,记录为封装基板实物图-图Bi、图Bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined that it is the physical packaging substrate, and is recorded as the physical image of the packaging substrate - Figure Bi, Figure Bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

确定封装基板实物作为封装基板的实物信息,对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,随机(也可以是按照规则选取、设定等其他方式)选取i层、j层,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Bi、图Bj;Determine the actual packaging substrate as the physical information of the packaging substrate. For the case where the packaging substrate circuit has multiple layers, select the i-layer and j-layer at random (or in other ways such as selection and setting according to the rules), and combine the microscope and photography. Record it as an image to get Figure Bi and Figure Bj;

这里假定封装基板线路有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于封装基板线路仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, it is also possible to select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the circuit of the package substrate, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.3,确定芯片的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.3, determine the physical information of the chip (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片实物版图,记录为芯片实物版图-图Cp、图Cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the chip, in this embodiment, determine that it is the physical layout of the chip, and record it as the physical layout of the chip - Figure Cp, Figure Cq (p, q are selected layer numbers);

确定芯片实物版图作为芯片的实物信息,对于芯片版图有多层的情况,设定(也可以是随机、按照规则选取等其他方式选取)p层、q层作为实物信息,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Cp、图Cq;Determine the physical layout of the chip as the physical information of the chip. For the case that the chip layout has multiple layers, set (or select randomly, according to rules, etc.) p-layer and q-layer as the physical information, and combine the microscope and photography. way to record it as an image, and obtain the graph Cp and graph Cq;

这里假定芯片版图有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也其可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于芯片版图有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于芯片版图仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the chip layout has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the chip layout has multiple layers, you can also select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the chip layout, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.4,确定芯片与封装基板间的设计连接关系(设计信息的一种):1.4. Determine the design connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate (a type of design information):

确认芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的设计连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的设计图-图a;Confirm the design connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined to be a design diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure a;

描述连接关系的设计图中层号的选取,与描述连接关系的实物图相对应。The selection of layer numbers in the design diagram describing the connection relationship corresponds to the physical diagram describing the connection relationship.

1.5,确定封装基板的设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.5. Determine the design information of the package substrate (a type of design information):

确定封装基板的设计信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板设计线路图-图bi、图bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the design information of the packaging substrate, which is determined as the packaging substrate design circuit diagram in this embodiment - Figure bi, Figure bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

封装基板设计线路图中层号的选取,与封装基板实物图相对应。The selection of the layer number in the design circuit diagram of the packaging substrate corresponds to the actual drawing of the packaging substrate.

1.6,确定芯片的第一设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.6, determine the first design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第一设计信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片的设计版图-图c(芯片的全部设计版图)、图cp、图cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the first design information of the chip, which is determined to be the design layout of the chip in this embodiment - Figure c (full design layout of the chip), Figure cp, Figure cq (p, q are the selected layer numbers);

图c是芯片的全部设计版图,即所有层整个区域的版图,便于后续与第二设计信息做验证,是用于验证的第一设计信息;图cp、图cq是芯片设计版图中的p层、q层的版图,即为图c的部分版图,层号的选取,与芯片实物版图相对应,便于后续与芯片实物版图比对,是用于比对的第一设计信息。Figure c is the entire design layout of the chip, that is, the layout of the entire area of all layers, which is convenient for subsequent verification with the second design information, and is the first design information for verification; Figure cp and Figure cq are the p layer in the chip design layout The layout of layer , q is part of the layout of Figure c. The selection of the layer number corresponds to the physical layout of the chip, which is convenient for subsequent comparison with the physical layout of the chip, and is the first design information for comparison.

1.7,确定芯片的第二设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.7, determine the second design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第二设计信息,本实施例中确定第二设计信息为芯片完成最终设计的门级网表(本实施例以此举例,其实也可以是第一设计信息对应的门级网表等其他内容)。Determine the second design information of the chip. In this embodiment, the second design information is determined to be the gate-level netlist for the final design of the chip (this example is taken as an example, in fact, it may also be the gate-level netlist corresponding to the first design information, etc. Other content).

需要说明的是,上述确定第二设计信息为芯片完成最终设计的门级网表,是针对LVS验证软件可将门级网表格式作为输入的情况,如果LVS软件无法将门级网表格式作为输入,则可以做以下一种或多种处理:It should be noted that the above determination that the second design information is the gate-level netlist for the final design of the chip is for the case where the LVS verification software can take the gate-level netlist format as input. If the LVS software cannot take the gate-level netlist format as input, You can do one or more of the following:

将芯片完成最终设计的门级网表转化为LVS软件可以接受的输入格式,如cdl网表等晶体管级的网表格式(确认获取的设计信息的准确性),将芯片完成最终设计的门级网表、转换格式后的cdl网表等晶体管级的网表作为第二设计信息,前者用来与第三设计信息验证,后者用来与第一设计信息验证;Convert the gate-level netlist of the final design of the chip into an input format acceptable to LVS software, such as the cdl netlist and other transistor-level netlist formats (confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information), and complete the gate-level design of the chip. The transistor-level netlist such as the netlist and the converted cdl netlist are used as the second design information, the former is used for verification with the third design information, and the latter is used for verification with the first design information;

确定并获取芯片完成最终设计的门级网表、获取芯片cdl网表等晶体管级的网表,确认门级网表转换格式后与获取的cdl网表等晶体管级的网表内容相同或一致(确认获取的设计信息的准确性),将芯片完成最终设计的门级网表、芯片cdl网表等晶体管级的网表作为第二设计信息,前者用来与第三设计信息验证,后者用来与第一设计信息验证。Determine and obtain the gate-level netlist for the final design of the chip, obtain the transistor-level netlist such as the chip cdl netlist, and confirm that the converted format of the gate-level netlist is the same or consistent with the obtained cdl netlist and other transistor-level netlists ( Confirm the accuracy of the obtained design information), use the gate-level netlist of the chip to complete the final design, the chip cdl netlist and other transistor-level netlists as the second design information, the former is used to verify the third design information, and the latter is used Comes with the first design information verification.

1.8,确定芯片的第三设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.8, determine the third design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第三设计信息,本实施例中确定第三设计信息为芯片RTL代码综合形成的门级网表。The third design information of the chip is determined. In this embodiment, the third design information is determined to be a gate-level netlist formed by synthesis of the RTL code of the chip.

1.9,确定芯片的第四设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.9, determine the fourth design information of the chip (a kind of design information):

确定芯片的第四设计信息,本实施例中确定第四设计信息为芯片的RTL代码。The fourth design information of the chip is determined. In this embodiment, the fourth design information is determined to be the RTL code of the chip.

二、将实物信息与设计信息进行比对,对设计信息进行验证:2. Compare the physical information with the design information, and verify the design information:

2.1,将芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.1. Compare the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate with the corresponding design connection relationship to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

比对图A中各管脚之间的连接关系与图a中各管脚之间的连接关系是否一致。Compare whether the connection relationship between the pins in Figure A is consistent with the connection relationship between the pins in Figure a.

2.2,将封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.2. Compare the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

将图Bi与图bi做比对,将图Bj与图bj作比对,检查图中线路等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Bi with the graph bi, and compare the graph Bj with the graph bj, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the lines in the graph are consistent.

2.3,将芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.3. Compare the physical information of the chip with the first design information of the corresponding chip, and check whether the two are consistent (one type of comparison):

将图Cp与图cp做比对,将图Cq与图cq作比对,检查图中版图等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Cp with the graph cp, compare the graph Cq with the graph cq, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the layout in the graph are consistent.

2.4,将芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于LVS检查或验证:2.4, verify the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (a kind of verification), and the verification methods include but are not limited to LVS inspection or verification:

将芯片的设计版图(图c)与芯片完成最终设计的门级网表进行LVS验证。Perform LVS verification on the design layout of the chip (Figure c) and the gate-level netlist of the final design of the chip.

2.5,将芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证,和/或将芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于形式验证:2.5, verify the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information, and/or verify the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (a kind of verification), the verification method includes but does not Limited to formal verification:

本实施例中,将芯片完成最终设计的门级网表与芯片RTL代码综合形成的门级网表进行形式验证,和/或将芯片完成最终设计的门级网表与芯片的RTL代码进行形式验证。In this embodiment, formal verification is performed on the gate-level netlist of the final design of the chip and the gate-level netlist formed by the synthesis of the RTL code of the chip, and/or the gate-level netlist of the final design of the chip and the RTL code of the chip are formally verified verify.

2.6,将芯片的第三设计信息,与对应的第四设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于形式验证:2.6, verify the third design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (a kind of verification), and the verification methods include but are not limited to formal verification:

本实施例中,将芯片RTL代码综合形成的门级网表与芯片的RTL代码进行形式验证。In this embodiment, formal verification is performed on the gate-level netlist formed by the synthesis of the chip RTL code and the RTL code of the chip.

三、基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定:3. Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip:

基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

根据芯片的特点,确定为判定芯片的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类:本实施例中,确定需要的比对种类为:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条);确定需要的验证种类为:芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条),芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证、和/或芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.5条),芯片的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.6条);According to the characteristics of the chip, determine the type of comparison and/or verification required to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip: In this embodiment, the type of comparison required is determined as: the type of comparison between the chip and the packaging substrate The physical connection relationship and the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the comparison between the physical information of the package substrate and the design information of the corresponding package substrate (Item 2.2), the physical information of the chip and the corresponding chip first. Comparison of design information (item 2.3); determine the types of verification required: verification of the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (item 2.4), the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information and/or the verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.5), the verification of the third design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.6);

针对所述需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,根据所述各种类所代表的环节的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配所述各种需要的比对和/或验证各自对应的分值:本实施例中,针对如下比对、验证分配各自对应的分值:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条),芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条),芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证、和/或芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.5条),芯片的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.6条);For the required comparison types and/or verification types, according to the degree of difficulty and/or criticality of the links represented by the various types, assign the corresponding comparisons and/or verification types Score: In this embodiment, the corresponding scores are allocated for the following comparisons and verifications: the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate, the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the physical information of the package substrate Comparison with the design information of the corresponding package substrate (2.2), comparison between the physical information of the chip and the first design information of the corresponding chip (2.3), the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information verification (Item 2.4), verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information, and/or verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.5), the third design information of the chip Verification of design information and corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.6);

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展并通过时,芯片获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;在实际开展未通过或实际未开展时,芯片不获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when actually carried out and passed, the chip obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification; The chip does not obtain the corresponding score for this comparison and/or verification;

综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值;Combining the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip, sort out invalid scores;

在芯片获得的各种比对和验证对应的分值中、去除无效分值、其余分值为有效分值,将有效分值求和、并将此求和结果作为所述芯片的最终得分;Among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and verifications obtained by the chip, the invalid scores are removed, the remaining scores are valid scores, the valid scores are summed, and the summation result is used as the final score of the chip;

根据所述芯片的最终得分,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。According to the final score of the chip, the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined.

场景实施例3:Scenario Example 3:

针对某型号封装了一个裸片的模数混合芯片,提供一个实施例(两种方法),可按照包括但不限于如下一种或多种方法的流程判定此芯片的自主度和/或可控度:For a certain type of analog-digital hybrid chip that encapsulates a bare chip, an embodiment (two methods) is provided, and the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip can be determined according to a process including but not limited to one or more of the following methods Spend:

方法一:method one:

将模数混合芯片看做由模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块等芯片模块组成的芯片:The analog-digital hybrid chip is regarded as a chip composed of analog chip modules, digital chip modules and other chip modules:

针对芯片中的模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块,根据各芯片模块实现的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配相应的权值,芯片的得分为各芯片模块得分的加权求和值,基于所述加权求和值对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定;For the analog chip modules and digital chip modules in the chip, the corresponding weights are allocated according to the difficulty and/or criticality of the realization of each chip module, and the score of the chip is the weighted sum of the scores of each chip module. The weighted sum value determines the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip;

所述分配相应的权值,需要确保一个既定功能的芯片在不同方案下由一个或多个芯片模块组成时,在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同;所述确保在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同的实现方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:权值分配归一化,在不同方案下、所述既定功能的芯片的各芯片模块的权值之和均相同,判定所述各芯片模块自主度和/或可控度最高时、所述各芯片模块的得分均相同,所述各芯片模块的满分均相同:如在本实施例中,将模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块的权值之和设为1,将各芯片模块的满分均设为100;When assigning corresponding weights, it is necessary to ensure that when a chip with a given function is composed of one or more chip modules under different schemes, the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or degree of control are the same; The implementation methods with the same scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or the same degree of controllability include but are not limited to one or more of the following: normalization of weight distribution, under different schemes, the predetermined function of the chip. The sum of the weights of each chip module is the same, and when it is determined that each chip module has the highest degree of autonomy and/or controllability, the score of each chip module is the same, and the full score of each chip module is the same: as in In this embodiment, the sum of the weights of the analog chip module and the digital chip module is set to 1, and the full score of each chip module is set to 100;

针对模数混合芯片中的模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块,根据模块与芯片间的关系,将模数混合芯片的实物信息、设计信息拆分给模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块,使得模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复,且各芯片模块的实物信息的总和为整个芯片的实物信息,使得模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复,且各芯片模块的设计信息的总和为整个芯片的设计信息,各自芯片模块的实物信息与设计信息保持对应的关系;For the analog chip module and digital chip module in the analog-digital hybrid chip, according to the relationship between the module and the chip, the physical information and design information of the analog-digital hybrid chip are divided into the analog chip module and the digital chip module, so that the analog chip module, The physical information of the digital chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the physical information of each chip module is the physical information of the entire chip, so that the design information of the analog chip module and the digital chip module does not overlap and/or repeat. , and the sum of the design information of each chip module is the design information of the entire chip, and the physical information of each chip module maintains a corresponding relationship with the design information;

参照场景实施例1(模拟芯片模块视作场景实施例1中的芯片)计算模拟芯片模块的得分,参照场景实施例2(数字芯片模块视作场景实施例2中的芯片)计算数字芯片模块的得分,芯片的得分为各芯片模块得分的加权求和值,基于所述加权求和值对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。其中,需要补充说明的是,场景实施例1、场景实施例2的连接关系(包括实物连接关系、设计连接关系)只有芯片(芯片模块)与封装基板间的实物连接关系,而本实施例参照场景实施例1(模拟芯片模块视作场景实施例1中的芯片)计算模拟芯片模块的得分、参照场景实施例2(数字芯片模块视作场景实施例2中的芯片)计算数字芯片模块的得分时,连接关系应当补充模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块之间的连接关系、并将其合理的拆分给模拟芯片模块、数字芯片模块,再根据场景实施例1、场景实施例2中的方法进行操作。The score of the analog chip module is calculated with reference to Scenario Example 1 (the analog chip module is regarded as the chip in Scenario Score, the score of the chip is the weighted sum value of the scores of each chip module, and the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined based on the weighted sum value. Among them, it needs to be supplemented that the connection relationship (including physical connection relationship and design connection relationship) of scenario embodiment 1 and scenario embodiment 2 is only the physical connection relationship between the chip (chip module) and the packaging substrate, and this embodiment refers to Scenario Example 1 (the analog chip module is regarded as the chip in Scenario Example 1) calculates the score of the analog chip module, and calculates the score of the digital chip module with reference to Scenario Example 2 (the digital chip module is regarded as the chip in Scenario Example 2) When the connection relationship is used, the connection relationship between the analog chip module and the digital chip module should be supplemented, and the connection relationship between the analog chip module and the digital chip module should be reasonably divided into the analog chip module and the digital chip module. operate.

方法二:Method Two:

一、确定芯片的实物信息和设计信息:1. Determine the physical information and design information of the chip:

1.1,确定芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系(实物信息的一种):1.1. Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip and the packaging substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的实物连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的实物图-图A;Determine the physical connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined as a physical diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure A;

这里假定实物连接关系都集中在一层中、该层的实物图即代表了整个实物连接关系。若实物连接关系有多层,则可根据实际情况,记录所有层、部分层、或者其中一层的连接关系,得到描述连接关系的实物图。It is assumed here that the physical connection relationships are concentrated in one layer, and the physical map of this layer represents the entire physical connection relationship. If the physical connection relationship has multiple layers, the connection relationship of all layers, some layers, or one of the layers can be recorded according to the actual situation, and a physical map describing the connection relationship can be obtained.

1.2,确定封装基板的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.2. Determine the physical information of the package substrate (a kind of physical information):

确定封装基板的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板实物,记录为封装基板实物图-图Bi、图Bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined that it is the physical packaging substrate, and is recorded as the physical image of the packaging substrate - Figure Bi, Figure Bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

确定封装基板实物作为封装基板的实物信息,对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,随机(也可以是按照规则选取、设定等其他方式)选取i层、j层,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Bi、图Bj;Determine the actual packaging substrate as the physical information of the packaging substrate. For the case where the packaging substrate circuit has multiple layers, select the i-layer and j-layer at random (or in other ways such as selection and setting according to the rules), and combine the microscope and photography. Record it as an image to get Figure Bi and Figure Bj;

这里假定封装基板线路有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于封装基板线路有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于封装基板线路仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the circuit of the package substrate has multiple layers, it is also possible to select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the circuit of the package substrate, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.3,确定芯片的实物信息(实物信息的一种):1.3, determine the physical information of the chip (a kind of physical information):

确定芯片的实物信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片实物版图,记录为芯片实物版图-图Cp、图Cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the physical information of the chip, in this embodiment, determine that it is the physical layout of the chip, and record it as the physical layout of the chip - Figure Cp, Figure Cq (p, q are selected layer numbers);

确定芯片实物版图作为芯片的实物信息,对于芯片版图有多层的情况,设定(也可以是随机、按照规则选取等其他方式选取)p层、q层作为实物信息,通过显微镜与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像,得到图Cp、图Cq;Determine the physical layout of the chip as the physical information of the chip. For the case that the chip layout has multiple layers, set (or select randomly, according to rules, etc.) p-layer and q-layer as the physical information, and combine the microscope and photography. way to record it as an image, and obtain the graph Cp and graph Cq;

这里假定芯片版图有多层、并选取了部分层(这里是两层,也其可以是三层、四层等其他数量的层数)作为实物信息并记录了图像。对于芯片版图有多层的情况,也可以选取所有层作为实物信息并记录图像、或者选取其中一层作为实物信息并记录图像。对于芯片版图仅一层的情况,则可以直接记录该层图像。Here, it is assumed that the chip layout has multiple layers, and some layers (here, two layers, or other layers such as three layers, four layers, etc.) are selected as physical information and images are recorded. For the case where the chip layout has multiple layers, you can also select all layers as the physical information and record the image, or select one of the layers as the physical information and record the image. For the case where there is only one layer of the chip layout, the image of this layer can be directly recorded.

1.4,确定芯片与封装基板间的设计连接关系(设计信息的一种):1.4. Determine the design connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate (a type of design information):

确认芯片(含内部的裸片)与封装基板间的设计连接关系,本实施例中确定其为描述连接关系的设计图-图a;Confirm the design connection relationship between the chip (including the internal bare chip) and the packaging substrate. In this embodiment, it is determined to be a design diagram describing the connection relationship - Figure a;

描述连接关系的设计图中层号的选取,与描述连接关系的实物图相对应。The selection of layer numbers in the design diagram describing the connection relationship corresponds to the physical diagram describing the connection relationship.

1.5,确定封装基板的设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.5. Determine the design information of the package substrate (a type of design information):

确定封装基板的设计信息,本实施例中确定其为封装基板设计线路图-图bi、图bj(i、j是选取的层号);Determine the design information of the packaging substrate, which is determined as the packaging substrate design circuit diagram in this embodiment - Figure bi, Figure bj (i, j are the selected layer numbers);

封装基板设计线路图中层号的选取,与封装基板实物图相对应。The selection of the layer number in the design circuit diagram of the packaging substrate corresponds to the actual drawing of the packaging substrate.

1.6,确定芯片的第一设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.6, determine the first design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第一设计信息,本实施例中确定其为芯片的设计版图-图c(芯片的全部设计版图)、图cp、图cq(p、q是选取的层号);Determine the first design information of the chip, which is determined to be the design layout of the chip in this embodiment - Figure c (full design layout of the chip), Figure cp, Figure cq (p, q are the selected layer numbers);

图c是芯片的全部设计版图,即所有层整个区域的版图,便于后续与第二设计信息做验证,是用于验证的第一设计信息;图cp、图cq是芯片设计版图中的p层、q层的版图,即为图c的部分版图,层号的选取,与芯片实物版图相对应,便于后续与芯片实物版图比对,是用于比对的第一设计信息。Figure c is the entire design layout of the chip, that is, the layout of the entire area of all layers, which is convenient for subsequent verification with the second design information, and is the first design information for verification; Figure cp and Figure cq are the p layer in the chip design layout The layout of layer , q is part of the layout of Figure c. The selection of the layer number corresponds to the physical layout of the chip, which is convenient for subsequent comparison with the physical layout of the chip, and is the first design information for comparison.

1.7,确定芯片的第二设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.7, determine the second design information of the chip (a type of design information):

确定芯片的第二设计信息,本实施例中确定第二设计信息为芯片晶体管级的网表(如cdl网表)、芯片中数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表(本实施例以此举例,其实也可以是第一设计信息对应的门级网表等其他内容)。Determine the second design information of the chip. In this embodiment, the second design information is determined to be the transistor-level netlist of the chip (such as the cdl netlist) and the gate-level netlist of the final design completed by the digital chip module in the chip (this embodiment uses this For example, it may actually be other content such as the gate-level netlist corresponding to the first design information).

其中,芯片晶体管级的网表(如cdl网表)用于与芯片的第一设计信息进行验证,数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表用于与第三设计信息进行验证、和/或与第四设计信息进行验证;Wherein, the transistor-level netlist of the chip (such as the cdl netlist) is used for verification with the first design information of the chip, and the gate-level netlist of the final design completed by the digital chip module is used for verification with the third design information, and/or verifying with the fourth design information;

验证前确认获取的设计信息的准确性,包括但不限于:针对数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表,将格式转化为芯片晶体管级的网表的格式,并将其中的内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中关于数字芯片模块的内容进行相似性比对,二者应相同和/或保持一致和/或相似度大于等于某预设门限。Confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information before verification, including but not limited to: complete the gate-level netlist of the final design for the digital chip module, convert the format into the format of the chip transistor-level netlist, and compare the contents with the chip transistors. Similarity comparison is performed on the contents of the digital chip module in the level netlist, and the two should be identical and/or consistent and/or the similarity should be greater than or equal to a preset threshold.

(或者:确定芯片的第二设计信息,确定第二设计信息为芯片晶体管级的网表、芯片中数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表,芯片中模拟芯片模块的原理图;(Or: determine the second design information of the chip, and determine that the second design information is the transistor-level netlist of the chip, the gate-level netlist of the digital chip module in the chip to complete the final design, and the schematic diagram of the analog chip module in the chip;

此时,其中芯片晶体管级的网表、芯片中模拟芯片模块的原理图用于与芯片的第一设计信息进行验证(二者可以分别与第一设计信息去做验证,综合二者结果作为第一设计信息与第二设计信息进行验证的结果;其中模拟芯片模块的原理图进行验证时,版图侧输入可将图c作为LVS输入、设置模拟芯片模块作为顶层设计和/或顶层单元和/或顶层逻辑和/或顶层模块,或者,在第一设计信息中增加模拟芯片模块版图作为第一设计信息,作为版图侧输入,此时第一设计信息中应注意补充此设计信息准确性的确认),数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表用于与第三设计信息进行验证、和/或与第四设计信息进行验证;At this time, the netlist of the chip transistor level and the schematic diagram of the analog chip module in the chip are used to verify the first design information of the chip (the two can be verified with the first design information respectively, and the results of the two can be combined as the first design information. A result of verifying the design information and the second design information; when the schematic diagram of the analog chip module is verified, the layout side input can use Figure c as the LVS input, set the analog chip module as the top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or Top-level logic and/or top-level module, or, add analog chip module layout to the first design information as the first design information, as input on the layout side, at this time, the first design information should be supplemented to confirm the accuracy of the design information) , the gate-level netlist of the final design completed by the digital chip module is used for verification with the third design information, and/or verification with the fourth design information;

验证前确认获取的设计信息的准确性,包括但不限于:针对数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表,将格式转化为芯片晶体管级的网表的格式,并将其中的内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中关于数字芯片模块的内容进行相似性比对,二者应相同和/或保持一致和/或相似度大于等于某预设门限;针对模拟芯片模块的原理图,将格式转化为芯片晶体管级的网表的格式,并将其中的内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中关于模拟芯片模块的内容进行相似性比对,二者应相同和/或保持一致和/或相似度大于等于某预设门限;Confirm the accuracy of the acquired design information before verification, including but not limited to: complete the gate-level netlist of the final design for the digital chip module, convert the format into the format of the chip transistor-level netlist, and compare the contents with the chip transistors. The content of the digital chip module in the level netlist is compared for similarity, and the two should be the same and/or consistent and/or the similarity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold; for the schematic diagram of the analog chip module, the format is converted into The format of the chip transistor-level netlist, and the content in the chip transistor-level netlist is compared with the content of the analog chip module in the chip transistor-level netlist. The two should be the same and/or consistent and/or similar a preset threshold;

其他模块亦可以参照模拟芯片模块做独立的验证,再通过设计信息准确性确认与其他设计信息建立联系,这里不再赘述。)Other modules can also be independently verified with reference to the analog chip module, and then establish a connection with other design information through the confirmation of the accuracy of the design information, which will not be repeated here. )

1.8,确定芯片的第三设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.8, determine the third design information of the chip (a kind of design information):

确定芯片的第三设计信息,本实施例中确定第三设计信息为芯片中数字芯片模块RTL代码综合形成的门级网表。The third design information of the chip is determined. In this embodiment, the third design information is determined to be a gate-level netlist synthesized by the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip.

1.9,确定芯片的第四设计信息(设计信息的一种):1.9, determine the fourth design information of the chip (a kind of design information):

确定芯片的第四设计信息,本实施例中确定第四设计信息为芯片中数字芯片模块的RTL代码。The fourth design information of the chip is determined. In this embodiment, the fourth design information is determined to be the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip.

二、将实物信息与设计信息进行比对,对设计信息进行验证:2. Compare the physical information with the design information, and verify the design information:

2.1,将芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.1. Compare the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate with the corresponding design connection relationship to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

比对图A中各管脚之间的连接关系与图a中各管脚之间的连接关系是否一致。Compare whether the connection relationship between the pins in Figure A is consistent with the connection relationship between the pins in Figure a.

2.2,将封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.2. Compare the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate to check whether the two are consistent (one of the comparisons):

将图Bi与图bi做比对,将图Bj与图bj作比对,检查图中线路等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Bi with the graph bi, and compare the graph Bj with the graph bj, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the lines in the graph are consistent.

2.3,将芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息进行比对,检查二者是否一致(比对的一种):2.3. Compare the physical information of the chip with the first design information of the corresponding chip, and check whether the two are consistent (one type of comparison):

将图Cp与图cp做比对,将图Cq与图cq作比对,检查图中版图等的几何形状、几何形状特征等是否一致。Compare the graph Cp with the graph cp, compare the graph Cq with the graph cq, and check whether the geometric shapes and geometric features of the layout in the graph are consistent.

2.4,将芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于LVS检查或验证:2.4, verify the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (a kind of verification), and the verification methods include but are not limited to LVS inspection or verification:

将芯片的设计版图(图c)与芯片晶体管级的网表(如cdl网表)进行LVS验证。Perform LVS verification on the chip's design layout (Figure c) and the chip transistor-level netlist (such as the cdl netlist).

2.5,将芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证,和/或将芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于形式验证:2.5, verify the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information, and/or verify the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (a kind of verification), the verification method includes but does not Limited to formal verification:

本实施例中,将芯片中数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表与芯片中数字芯片模块RTL代码综合形成的门级网表进行形式验证,和/或将芯片中数字芯片模块完成最终设计的门级网表与芯片中数字芯片模块的RTL代码进行形式验证。In this embodiment, formal verification is performed on the gate-level netlist of the final design completed by the digital chip module in the chip and the gate-level netlist formed by the synthesis of the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip, and/or the final design of the digital chip module in the chip is completed. The gate-level netlist is formally verified with the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip.

2.6,将芯片的第三设计信息,与对应的第四设计信息进行验证(验证的一种),验证方法包括但不限于形式验证:2.6, verify the third design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (a kind of verification), and the verification methods include but are not limited to formal verification:

本实施例中,将芯片中数字芯片模块RTL代码综合形成的门级网表与芯片中数字芯片模块的RTL代码进行形式验证。In this embodiment, the gate-level netlist formed by synthesis of the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip is formally verified with the RTL code of the digital chip module in the chip.

三、基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定:3. Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip:

基于比对结果和验证结果,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:Based on the comparison results and verification results, determine the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

根据芯片的特点,确定为判定芯片的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类:本实施例中,确定需要的比对种类为:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条);确定需要的验证种类为:芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条),芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证、和/或芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.5条),芯片的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.6条);According to the characteristics of the chip, determine the type of comparison and/or verification required to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip: In this embodiment, the type of comparison required is determined as: the type of comparison between the chip and the packaging substrate The physical connection relationship and the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the comparison between the physical information of the package substrate and the design information of the corresponding package substrate (Item 2.2), the physical information of the chip and the corresponding chip first. Comparison of design information (item 2.3); determine the types of verification required: verification of the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information (item 2.4), the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information and/or the verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.5), the verification of the third design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.6);

针对所述需要的比对种类和/或验证种类,根据所述各种类所代表的环节的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配所述各种需要的比对和/或验证各自对应的分值:本实施例中,针对如下比对、验证分配各自对应的分值:芯片与封装基板间的实物连接关系、与对应的设计连接关系的比对(2.1条),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(2.2条),芯片的实物信息与对应的芯片的第一设计信息的比对(2.3条),芯片的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(2.4条),芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证、和/或芯片的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.5条),芯片的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(2.6条);For the required comparison types and/or verification types, according to the degree of difficulty and/or criticality of the links represented by the various types, assign the corresponding comparisons and/or verification types Score: In this embodiment, the corresponding scores are allocated for the following comparisons and verifications: the physical connection relationship between the chip and the package substrate, the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (Item 2.1), the physical information of the package substrate Comparison with the design information of the corresponding package substrate (2.2), comparison between the physical information of the chip and the first design information of the corresponding chip (2.3), the first design information of the chip and the corresponding second design information verification (Item 2.4), verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding third design information, and/or verification of the second design information of the chip and the corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.5), the third design information of the chip Verification of design information and corresponding fourth design information (Article 2.6);

针对所述需要的比对和/或验证中的每一种,在实际开展并通过时,芯片获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;在实际开展未通过或实际未开展时,芯片不获得该种比对和/或验证对应的分值;For each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, when actually carried out and passed, the chip obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification; The chip does not obtain the corresponding score for this comparison and/or verification;

综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值;Combining the results of various comparisons and/or verifications actually carried out, among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip, sort out invalid scores;

在芯片获得的各种比对和验证对应的分值中、去除无效分值、其余分值为有效分值,将有效分值求和、并将此求和结果作为所述芯片的最终得分;Among the scores corresponding to various comparisons and verifications obtained by the chip, the invalid scores are removed, the remaining scores are valid scores, the valid scores are summed, and the summation result is used as the final score of the chip;

根据所述芯片的最终得分,对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定。According to the final score of the chip, the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined.

场景实施例4:Scenario Example 4:

针对某型号封装了n个裸片(分别称作裸片1、裸片2…裸片n)的芯片,将每个裸片视作一个芯片模块,则该型号芯片可视作由n个芯片模块(分别称作芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n)组成。For a chip of a certain type that encapsulates n die (respectively called die 1, die 2... die n), each die is regarded as a chip module, then the chip of this type can be regarded as consisting of n chips The modules (respectively referred to as chip module 1, chip module 2...chip module n) are composed.

为判定该型号芯片的自主度和/或可控度,从一批或者多批该型号芯片产品中,随机或按照规则选取一个或多个该型号的芯片(如果一个芯片可以获取其所有实物信息,则选取一个芯片,如果获取实物信息时有破坏性操作等情况、致使一个芯片不足以获取所有实物信息,则选取多个芯片),按照如下流程分别判定此芯片中芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n的自主度和/或可控度,在此基础上判定芯片的自主度和/或可控度:In order to determine the autonomy and/or controllability of this type of chip, one or more chips of this type are selected randomly or according to rules from one or more batches of this type of chip products (if a chip can obtain all its physical information) , select one chip, if there is a destructive operation when obtaining physical information, so that one chip is not enough to obtain all physical information, then select multiple chips), according to the following process to determine the chip module 1 and chip module 2 in this chip respectively. ...the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip module n, on which the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip are determined:

对于由一个或多个芯片模块组成的芯片,该芯片的自主度和/或可控度的判定包括但不限于以下一种或多种(在本实施例中,是对于由芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n组成的芯片,该芯片的自主度和/或可控度的判定包括但不限于以下一种或多种):For a chip composed of one or more chip modules, the determination of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following (in this embodiment, for the chip module 1, the chip Module 2... a chip composed of a chip module n, the determination of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following):

针对芯片中的各芯片模块(本实施例中,即芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n),根据各芯片模块实现的难易程度和/或关键程度,分配相应的权值,芯片的得分为各芯片模块得分的加权求和值,基于所述加权求和值对芯片的自主度和/或可控度进行判定;For each chip module in the chip (in this embodiment, that is, chip module 1, chip module 2, ... The score is the weighted sum value of the scores of each chip module, and the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip is determined based on the weighted sum value;

其中,各芯片模块得分的计算,可以根据芯片模块的类别参照场景实施例1(芯片模块视作场景实施例1中的芯片)和/或场景实施例2(芯片模块视作场景实施例2中的芯片)和/或场景实施例3(芯片模块视作场景实施例3中的芯片)和/或本发明开展。The calculation of the score of each chip module may refer to scenario embodiment 1 (the chip module is regarded as a chip in scenario embodiment 1) and/or scenario embodiment 2 (chip module is regarded as scenario embodiment 2) according to the type of chip module chip) and/or scenario embodiment 3 (the chip module is regarded as the chip in scenario embodiment 3) and/or the present invention is carried out.

其中,需要补充说明的是,场景实施例1、场景实施例2、场景实施例3的连接关系(包括实物连接关系、设计连接关系)只有芯片(等同于本实施例中的芯片模块)与封装基板间的实物连接关系,而本实施例参照场景实施例1和/或场景实施例2和/或场景实施例3计算芯片模块的得分时,连接关系需要视情补充芯片模块之间的连接关系(即芯片模块与其他芯片模块间的连接关系)、并将其合理的拆分给各芯片模块,再根据场景实施例1和/或场景实施例2和/或场景实施例3中的方法进行操作;所述连接关系需要视情补充芯片模块之间的连接关系的情况,即指一个或多个芯片模块与其他一个或多个芯片模块之间有连接时。Among them, it needs to be supplemented that the connection relationship (including physical connection relationship and design connection relationship) of Scenario Example 1, Scenario Example 2, and Scenario Example 3 is only the chip (equivalent to the chip module in this embodiment) and the package. The physical connection relationship between the substrates, and when calculating the score of the chip module with reference to Scenario Example 1 and/or Scenario Example 2 and/or Scenario Example 3, the connection relationship needs to supplement the connection relationship between the chip modules as appropriate. (that is, the connection relationship between the chip module and other chip modules), and reasonably split it into each chip module, and then proceed according to the method in the scenario embodiment 1 and/or the scenario embodiment 2 and/or the scenario embodiment 3. Operation; the connection relationship needs to supplement the connection relationship between the chip modules as appropriate, that is, when there is a connection between one or more chip modules and one or more other chip modules.

分配相应的权值时,需要确保一个既定功能的芯片在不同方案下由一个或多个芯片模块组成时,在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同;所述确保在相同的自主度和/或可控度所对应的得分均相同的实现方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:权值分配归一化(如,本实施例中,芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n的权值之和为1),在不同方案下、所述既定功能的芯片的各芯片模块的权值之和均相同,判定所述各芯片模块自主度和/或可控度最高时、所述各芯片模块的得分均相同,所述各芯片模块的满分均相同(如,本实施例中,芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n的满分均为100);When assigning corresponding weights, it is necessary to ensure that when a chip with a given function is composed of one or more chip modules under different schemes, the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or controllability are all the same; The implementation methods that have the same scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or the same degree of controllability include but are not limited to one or more of the following: normalization of weight distribution (for example, in this embodiment, chip module 1, chip module 2... The sum of the weights of the chip module n is 1), under different schemes, the sum of the weights of the chip modules of the chip with the predetermined function is the same, and it is determined that the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip modules are When the degree is the highest, the score of each chip module is the same, and the full score of each chip module is the same (for example, in this embodiment, the full score of chip module 1, chip module 2...chip module n are all 100);

针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的实物信息时,确保各芯片模块的实物信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的实物信息的总和为整个芯片的实物信息;针对芯片中的各个芯片模块,在确定各个芯片模块的设计信息时,确保各芯片模块的设计信息不交叠和/或不重复、且各芯片模块的设计信息的总和为整个芯片的设计信息;各自芯片模块的实物信息与设计信息保持对应的关系(如本实施例中,芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n放置在同一封装基板上时,针对封装基板的实物信息与对应的设计信息,根据其与芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n的关系进行划分,确保芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n所分配到的封装基板的实物信息不交叠、且其总和恰为封装基板的所有实物信息,确保芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n所分配到的封装基板的设计信息不交叠、且其总和恰为封装基板的所有设计信息);For each chip module in the chip, when determining the physical information of each chip module, ensure that the physical information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the physical information of each chip module is the physical information of the entire chip; For each chip module in the chip, when determining the design information of each chip module, ensure that the design information of each chip module does not overlap and/or repeat, and the sum of the design information of each chip module is the design information of the entire chip; The physical information of the respective chip modules maintains a corresponding relationship with the design information (for example, in this embodiment, when the chip module 1, the chip module 2...the chip module n are placed on the same packaging substrate, the physical information for the packaging substrate and the corresponding design information , according to its relationship with chip module 1, chip module 2...chip module n, to ensure that the physical information of the package substrates allocated to chip module 1, chip module 2...chip module n does not overlap, and the sum is exactly All physical information of the packaging substrate, ensure that the design information of the packaging substrates allocated to chip module 1, chip module 2... chip module n does not overlap, and the sum of the design information is exactly all the design information of the packaging substrate);

如果芯片模块1、芯片模块2…芯片模块n中,有些芯片模块为相同型号(如,芯片模块1、芯片模块2是相同型号),则可将相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块,统一计算一次分值、分配一个权值(即分配权值时,不再给芯片模块1、芯片模块2分别分配权值,而是将其视作一个整体,分配一个权值,该权值与除芯片模块1、芯片模块2之外的芯片模块的权值,在分配时继续满足归一化的要求);所述将所述相同型号的芯片模块统一视作检测的一个整体芯片模块的处理方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将所述相同型号的芯片模块的实物信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的实物信息(如,将芯片模块1、芯片模块2的实物信息的总和确定为一个整体芯片模块的实物信息),将所述相同型号的芯片模块的设计信息的总和确定为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的设计信息(如,将芯片模块1、芯片模块2的设计信息的总和确定为一个整体芯片模块的设计信息),并针对所述检测的一个整体芯片模块计算得分;从所述相同型号的芯片模块中,随机或按照规则选取一个芯片模块,将其得分作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的得分(如,将芯片模块1的得分作为一个整体芯片模块的得分);针对所述相同型号的芯片模块,从中选取所有数量或者部分数量的芯片模块,分别计算选取的各个芯片模块的得分,将选取的各个芯片模块的得分的平均值作为所述检测的一个整体芯片模块的分值。If some chip modules in chip module 1, chip module 2...chip module n are of the same model (for example, chip module 1 and chip module 2 are of the same model), the chip modules of the same model can be regarded as a whole for detection. The chip module calculates the score once and assigns a weight (that is, when assigning weights, the chip module 1 and chip module 2 are no longer assigned weights respectively, but are regarded as a whole and assigned a weight. The weights and the weights of chip modules other than chip module 1 and chip module 2 continue to meet the normalization requirements during allocation); the described chip modules of the same model are unified as a whole chip for detection The processing method of the module includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: determining the sum of the physical information of the chip modules of the same model as the physical information of an overall chip module of the detection (for example, the chip module 1, chip The sum of the physical information of the module 2 is determined as the physical information of an integral chip module), and the sum of the design information of the chip modules of the same model is determined as the design information of an integral chip module of the detection (for example, the chip module 1. The sum of the design information of the chip module 2 is determined as the design information of an overall chip module), and a score is calculated for an overall chip module of the detection; For the chip module, take its score as the score of an overall chip module of the detection (for example, take the score of chip module 1 as the score of an overall chip module); for the chip modules of the same model, select all numbers or parts from them For the number of chip modules, the scores of the selected chip modules are calculated respectively, and the average value of the scores of the selected chip modules is taken as the score of an entire chip module in the detection.

场景实施例5:Scenario Example 5:

针对所述综合实际开展的各种比对和/或验证的结果,在所述芯片或芯片模块获得的各种比对和/或验证对应的分值中,梳理出无效分值,做如下举例说明:According to the results of various comparisons and/or verifications carried out in the comprehensive practice, among the scores corresponding to the various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or chip module, the invalid scores are sorted out, and the following examples are given. illustrate:

若根据芯片或芯片模块的特点,确定为判定所述芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度,所需要的比对种类和/或验证种类如下:芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系,与对应的设计连接关系的比对(比对1),封装基板的实物信息与对应的封装基板的设计信息的比对(比对2),芯片或芯片模块的实物信息与对应的芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息的比对(比对3),芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息与对应的第二设计信息的验证(验证1),芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证、和/或芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(验证2),芯片或芯片模块的第三设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证(验证3);If, according to the characteristics of the chip or chip module, it is determined to determine the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, the required comparison types and/or verification types are as follows: The physical connection relationship, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules, the comparison with the corresponding design connection relationship (comparison 1), the physical information of the packaging substrate and the design of the corresponding packaging substrate The comparison of information (comparison 2), the comparison between the physical information of the chip or chip module and the first design information of the corresponding chip or chip module (comparison 3), the first design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding The verification of the second design information (Verification 1), the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information, and/or the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information verification (verification 2), verification of the third design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information (verification 3);

其中梳理出无效分值,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:Invalid scores are sorted out, including but not limited to one or more of the following:

当比对3未通过时,芯片模块针对需要的验证中的每一种在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值均为无效分值,在本实施例中,此时验证1、验证2、验证3在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值均为无效分值;When the comparison 3 fails, the corresponding scores obtained by the chip module when actually carrying out and passing each of the required verifications are invalid scores. In this embodiment, verification 1 and verification 2 are performed at this time. . The corresponding scores obtained when verification 3 is actually carried out and passed are invalid scores;

当验证1未通过时,验证2中芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When verification 1 fails, the corresponding score obtained when the verification of the second design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding third design information in verification 2 is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score;

当验证1未通过时,验证2中芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息的验证在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When verification 1 fails, the corresponding score obtained when the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information in verification 2 is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score;

当验证1未通过时,验证3在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值;When verification 1 fails, the corresponding score obtained when verification 3 is actually carried out and passed is invalid;

当验证2中芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第三设计信息进行验证未通过、且验证2中芯片或芯片模块的第二设计信息与对应的第四设计信息进行验证未通过时,验证3在实际开展并通过时所获得的对应分值为无效分值。When the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding third design information in Verification 2 fails, and the verification of the second design information of the chip or chip module and the corresponding fourth design information in Verification 2 fails , the corresponding score obtained when verification 3 is actually carried out and passed is invalid.

场景实施例6:Scenario Example 6:

针对所述实物信息的获取方法,做如下举例说明(有些实物信息的获取方法已在说明书中做了解释,这里不再赘述):For the acquisition method of the physical information, the following examples are given (the acquisition methods of some physical information have been explained in the manual, and will not be repeated here):

关于芯片或芯片模块与封装基板间的实物连接关系、和/或芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块间的实物连接关系的获取的一些举例说明:Some examples of the acquisition of the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and the packaging substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or chip module and other chips or chip modules:

对于采用引线键合方式将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板连接在一起、和/或将芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块连接在一起、引线建立起的连接关系不被遮挡的情况,可以通过显微镜(和/或显微成像仪器和/或CT和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测等形式)与拍照相结合的方式获取实物连接关系;对于芯片中使用倒装焊的连接方式将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板连接在一起、和/或将芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块连接在一起、倒装焊建立起的连接关系被芯片和/或芯片模块和/或封装基板等所遮挡的情况,可以借助CT(和/或X射线和/或X光和/或放射线和/或超声和/或无损检测等形式)获取实物连接关系,或者通过平磨(和/或去层和/或磨削和/或研磨和/或打磨和/或抛光和/或腐蚀和/或刻蚀和/或剖片和/或解剖和/或染色等形式)露出倒装焊界面(此界面表征了实物连接关系)、再通过显微镜等形式与拍照相结合方式获取实物连接关系,其中平磨等可以从芯片和/或芯片模块侧开始或者从封装基板侧开始,如此则芯片和/或芯片模块和/或封装基板会被破坏,若还需要从中获取其他实物信息,需要选取另外一个或多个芯片和/或芯片模块获取(这也是取得或选取一个或多个待测芯片或芯片模块并获取实物信息的情况之一);For the case where the chip or chip module is connected with the packaging substrate by wire bonding, and/or the chip or chip module is connected with other chips or chip modules, and the connection relationship established by the wires is not blocked, the Obtain the physical connection relationship by combining microscope (and/or microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive testing, etc.) with photography; For the connection method using flip-chip bonding in the chip to connect the chip or chip module with the package substrate, and/or connect the chip or chip module with other chips or chip modules, the connection relationship established by flip-chip bonding is controlled by the chip and/or blocked by the chip module and/or the packaging substrate, etc., the physical connection relationship can be obtained by means of CT (and/or X-ray and/or X-ray and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive testing, etc.). , or by flat grinding (and/or delayering and/or grinding and/or grinding and/or sanding and/or polishing and/or etching and/or etching and/or sectioning and/or dissection and/or staining and other forms) to expose the flip-chip interface (this interface represents the physical connection relationship), and then obtain the physical connection relationship through a combination of microscopes and other forms and photography, in which flat grinding can start from the chip and/or chip module side or from the package. Start from the substrate side, in this case, the chip and/or chip module and/or package substrate will be damaged. If you need to obtain other physical information from it, you need to select another one or more chips and/or chip modules to obtain (this is also to obtain or select one or more of the chips or chip modules to be tested and obtain physical information);

关于将芯片或芯片模块与封装基板分离、和/或将芯片或芯片模块与其他芯片或芯片模块分离的一些举例说明:如果多个芯片模块在同一封装基板上、其他芯片模块影响了该芯片模块实物信息的获取,则可以先将芯片模块与封装基板分离,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:断开或移除或去除连接线、腐蚀、刻蚀、加热、去层、平磨、磨削、研磨、打磨、剖片、解剖、取下芯片;Some examples of separating chips or chip modules from packaging substrates, and/or separating chips or chip modules from other chips or chip modules: If multiple chip modules are on the same packaging substrate, other chip modules affect the chip module To obtain physical information, the chip module can be separated from the packaging substrate first, including but not limited to one or more of the following: disconnecting or removing or removing connecting wires, corrosion, etching, heating, de-layering, flat grinding, Grinding, grinding, grinding, sectioning, dissecting, removing chips;

关于获取一层或多层的实物信息的一些举例说明:对于实物连接关系和/或封装基板的实物信息和/或芯片或芯片模块的实物信息,若选取的层号对应了表面层、且信息未被遮挡,则可以直接获取实物信息,和/或通过显微镜等形式与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像;若选取的层号对应了中间层、或信息被遮挡,则可以通过去层(和/或平磨和/或磨削和/或研磨和/或打磨和/或抛光和/或腐蚀和/或刻蚀和/或剖片和/或解剖和/或染色和/或断开或移除或去除连接线等形式)露出该层,再直接获取实物信息,和/或通过显微镜等形式与拍照相结合方式将其记录为图像。Some examples of obtaining physical information of one or more layers: For the physical connection relationship and/or the physical information of the package substrate and/or the physical information of the chip or chip module, if the selected layer number corresponds to the surface layer, and the information If it is not blocked, you can directly obtain the physical information, and/or record it as an image through a combination of microscopes and other means; and/or flat grinding and/or grinding and/or grinding and/or grinding and/or polishing and/or corrosion and/or etching and/or sectioning and/or dissection and/or staining and/or breaking or Remove or remove connecting lines, etc.) to expose the layer, and then directly obtain physical information, and/or record it as an image through a combination of microscopes and other forms and photography.

场景实施例7:Scenario Example 7:

针对所述比对的方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动比对,通过人工比对,做如下举例说明:Methods for the comparison include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: automatic comparison by a detection device, manual comparison, and the following examples are illustrated:

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述实物信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述实物信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述实物信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将实物信息记录为实物图像、将实物连接关系转化为描述实物连接关系的表格;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the physical information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the physical information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use. methods, including but not limited to one or more of the following: recording the physical information as a physical image, converting the physical connection relationship into a table describing the physical connection relationship;

当比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,需要判断所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;当所述设计信息的格式不是检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式时,需要将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式;所述将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息转化为设计图像、将设计连接关系转化为描述设计连接关系的表格;所述设计图像包括但不限于将设计信息保存为或/和转化为或/和记录为图像格式的图像;When the comparison method is automatic comparison by the detection device, it is necessary to judge whether the format of the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use; when the format of the design information is not recognized and/or used by the detection device. or the format used, the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device. method, including but not limited to one or more of the following: transforming design information into design images, transforming design connection relationships into tables describing design connection relationships; the design images include but are not limited to saving design information as or/or and images converted into or/and recorded in image format;

针对将所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,举以下几个例子:当实物连接关系和/或封装基板的实物信息和/或芯片或芯片模块的实物信息被记录为实物图像,设计连接关系和/或封装基板的设计信息和/或芯片或芯片模块的第一设计信息的格式为矢量图格式等检测装置无法用于图像比对的格式时,将设计信息的格式由矢量图等格式转化成图像格式(将设计信息转化为设计图像),由检测装置对实物图像、设计图像两幅图像进行比对;对于实物连接关系、设计连接关系,还有一种方式,将各自的连接关系转化为表格,再由检测装置对两个表格(描述实物连接关系的表格、描述设计连接关系的表格)比对。For the method of adjusting the format of the design information to a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use, the following examples are given: when the physical connection relationship and/or the physical information of the packaging substrate and/or the chip or chip module When the physical information is recorded as a physical image, the design connection relationship and/or the design information of the packaging substrate and/or the first design information of the chip or chip module are in a format that the detection device cannot use for image comparison, such as vector format, The format of the design information is converted from a vector graphics format to an image format (converting the design information into a design image), and the detection device compares the physical image and the design image; for the physical connection relationship and design connection relationship, also There is a way to convert the respective connection relationships into tables, and then the detection device compares the two tables (a table describing the physical connection relationship, and a table describing the design connection relationship).

所述判断所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式是否为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动判断,通过人工判断;The method for judging whether the format of the physical information and/or the design information is a format that the detection device can recognize and/or use includes, but is not limited to one or more of the following: human judgment;

所述将所述实物信息和/或所述设计信息的格式调整为检测装置所能识别和/或使用的格式的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:通过检测装置自动调整,通过人工调整。The method for adjusting the format of the physical information and/or the design information to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: automatic adjustment by the detection device; Manual adjustment.

场景实施例8:Scenario Example 8:

针对将芯片或芯片模块的实物图像、与设计图像进行比对(也可以是图像板块的比对,也可以是其他实物信息与设计信息的比对,本实施例中不再赘述),所述比对的比对方式采用整体比对与采样比对相结合的方式(也可以是其实方式,本实施例中不再赘述),做如下举例说明:In order to compare the physical image of the chip or chip module with the design image (it may also be the comparison of the image plate, or the comparison of other physical information and design information, which will not be repeated in this embodiment), the described The comparison method of the comparison adopts the combination of the overall comparison and the sampling comparison (it may also be the actual method, which will not be repeated in this embodiment), and the following examples are given to illustrate:

整体比对时,本实施例进行整体粗略比对,重点比对芯片或芯片模块的面积、轮廓、模块结构等在两幅图像中是否一致;During the overall comparison, this embodiment performs a rough overall comparison, focusing on comparing whether the area, outline, module structure, etc. of the chip or chip module are consistent in the two images;

采样比对时,针对图像的比对,计算和/或设定可用于比对的面积;根据可用于比对的面积、从图像中选取若干采样块,若干采样块的面积之和不得超过可用于比对的面积;选取采样块时,两幅图像中的采样块保持对应关系;采样块的选取方法包括但不限于以下一种或多种:随机采样,按照规则采样,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块数量,正比于图形密度和/或复杂度分配采样块的面积,设定;对两幅图像中对应关系的采样块进行比对;综合各采样块的比对结果分析本采样比对的结果;During sampling comparison, for image comparison, calculate and/or set the area that can be used for comparison; select several sampling blocks from the image according to the area that can be used for comparison, and the sum of the areas of several sampling blocks must not exceed the available area. For the comparison area; when the sampling block is selected, the sampling blocks in the two images maintain a corresponding relationship; the selection method of the sampling block includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random sampling, sampling according to rules, proportional to the pattern density and / or the number of sampling blocks for complexity allocation, which is proportional to the area of the sampling block for graphics density and / or complexity allocation, set; compare the sampling blocks of the corresponding relationship in the two images; comprehensively analyze the comparison results of each sampling block The result of this sampling comparison;

其中,计算可用于比对的面积的一种方法为:根据完成单位面积比对所需要的时间,以及本次比对预期完成的时间,计算可用于比对的面积;可用于比对的面积=单位面积*本次比对预期完成的时间/完成单位面积比对所需要的时间;Among them, one method of calculating the area that can be used for comparison is: according to the time required to complete the comparison per unit area and the expected completion time of this comparison, calculate the area that can be used for comparison; the area that can be used for comparison = unit area * expected time to complete this comparison / time required to complete the unit area comparison;

综合整体比对和采样比对的结果分析本次图像比对的结果;Analyze the results of this image comparison based on the results of the overall comparison and sampling comparison;

在整体粗略比对时,和/或选取采样块后,可以针对要比对的实物图像和/或设计图像,调整实物图像和/或设计图像的分辨率和/或像素数量,在调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像进行比对;During the overall rough comparison, and/or after the sampling block is selected, the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the physical image and/or the design image can be adjusted for the actual image and/or the design image to be compared. Based on the comparison between the real image and the design image;

在整体粗略比对,和/或采样比对时,针对包括但不限于以下一种或多种情况,调整比对的实现算法:不同的比对目的、不同的比对内容、不同的对比方法、不同的对比方式、比对中不同的工作阶段。During the overall rough comparison and/or sampling comparison, the comparison implementation algorithm is adjusted for one or more of the following situations, including but not limited to: different comparison purposes, different comparison contents, different comparison methods , Different comparison methods, and different work stages in the comparison.

场景实施例9:Scenario Example 9:

针对将实物信息或实物图像、与设计信息或设计图像进行比对(和/或将实物信息板块或实物图像板块、与设计信息板块或设计图像板块,本实施例不再赘述)进行比对,当所述比对方法为通过检测装置自动比对时,针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,根据实物图像和/或设计图像的分辨率、和/或本次计划比对的颗粒度在实物图像和/或设计图像中包含的像素数量,以及检测装置的比对能力,调整实物图像和/或设计图像的分辨率和/或像素数量,在所述调整结果的基础上针对实物图像与设计图像进行比对,做如下举例说明:For comparing the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image (and/or comparing the physical information plate or the physical image plate with the design information plate or the design image plate, which will not be repeated in this embodiment), When the comparison method is automatic comparison through the detection device, for the granularity of the planned comparison this time, according to the resolution of the physical image and/or the design image, and/or the granularity of the planned comparison in the real object The number of pixels included in the image and/or the design image, and the comparison capability of the detection device, adjust the resolution and/or number of pixels of the real image and/or the design image, and based on the adjustment results, the real image and the design Compare the images with the following examples:

所述检测装置的比对能力包括但不限于:检测装置在所述颗粒度下为完成比对、针对实物图像和/或设计图像各自需要的最小分辨率、和/或所述颗粒度需包含的最小像素数量;The comparison capability of the detection device includes but is not limited to: the detection device needs to complete the comparison under the granularity, the minimum resolution required for the actual image and/or the design image, and/or the granularity needs to include the minimum number of pixels;

所述调整的方法包括但不限于:针对本次计划比对的颗粒度,确保比对准确的前提下,减小实物图像和/或设计图像的分辨率和/或像素数量,使实物图像和/或设计图像的分辨率减小、和/或实物图像和/或设计图像中所述颗粒度所包含的像素数量减小,且大于等于检测装置的比对能力;The adjustment methods include, but are not limited to: reducing the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the physical image and/or the design image for the granularity of this planned comparison and ensuring the accuracy of the comparison, so that the physical image and the /or the resolution of the design image is reduced, and/or the number of pixels included in the particle size in the physical image and/or the design image is reduced, and is greater than or equal to the comparison capability of the detection device;

如,在整体粗略比对时,确定本次计划粗略比对的颗粒度为0.1mm(举例),要比对的实物图像、设计图像的分辨率在本实施例中使用单位英寸中所包含的像素点数为单位表述,均为2000万/英寸(举例),检测装置的比对能力为:在0.1mm颗粒度时,针对实物图像、设计图像各自需要的最小分辨率为1万/英寸(举例),那么一种调整方法为:减小实物图像、设计图像的分辨率,使实物图像、设计图像的分辨率减小(即小于2000万/英寸),且大于等于检测装置的比对能力(即大于等于1万/英寸)。针对调整后的实物图像与设计图像,进行比对。For example, in the overall rough comparison, the granularity of the rough comparison in this plan is determined to be 0.1mm (for example), and the resolution of the actual image and design image to be compared is used in this embodiment. The number of pixels is expressed in units, all of which are 20 million/inch (for example). The comparison capability of the detection device is: when the particle size is 0.1mm, the minimum resolution required for the physical image and the design image is 10,000/inch (for example). ), then an adjustment method is: reduce the resolution of the physical image and the design image, so that the resolution of the physical image and the design image is reduced (that is, less than 20 million/inch), and is greater than or equal to the comparison ability of the detection device ( That is, greater than or equal to 10,000/inch). Compare the adjusted real image with the design image.

场景实施例10:Scenario Example 10:

针对所述确认获取的设计信息的准确性的方法,做如下举例说明:For the method of confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information, the following examples are given:

确认获取的设计信息的准确性的目的之一是确认获取的设计信息内容和格式等满足需求、确认获取的设计信息确为该芯片的设计信息、设计信息之间保持联系等,取其中一部分方法做举例说明:One of the purposes of confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information is to confirm that the content and format of the acquired design information meet the requirements, to confirm that the acquired design information is indeed the design information of the chip, to maintain contact between the design information, etc. To give an example:

对于获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,确认交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息格式统一;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对;确定相似度大于等于第三十预设门限;确定获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息、是从另一种或多种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得,和/或其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种或多种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;所述确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法的应用场景,包括但不限于:对于模数混合芯片,确认其中的数字芯片模块的门级网表在格式转换为晶体管级的网表后,其内容与芯片晶体管级的网表中的数字芯片模块部分,相同或者保持一致;For the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , for any and/or set one or more pairwise combinations within the combination, and/or between the three, confirm that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same, and/or Keeping consistent; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping parts and/or repeating parts is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the format of the design information; for overlapping parts Perform image comparison with and/or repeated parts; perform graphic comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; perform similarity comparison with respect to overlapping parts and/or repeated parts; determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirtieth preset threshold ; Determine the acquired second design information for verification with the first design information, the acquired second design information for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information for verification with the fourth design information , in which all or part of one or more of the information is obtained by extracting all or part of the other Obtained by extracting all or part of the information from one or more information formats after conversion; the application scenarios of the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to : For the analog-digital hybrid chip, confirm that the gate-level netlist of the digital chip module in it is the same or consistent with the digital chip module part in the transistor-level netlist of the chip after the format is converted to the transistor-level netlist;

举例:如果验证时,用到了第一设计信息与第二设计信息的验证、第二设计信息与第三设计信息的验证、第二设计信息与第四设计信息的验证,那么用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息(本实施例简称信息1)、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息(本实施例简称信息2)、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息(本实施例简称信息3)中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息,即信息1、信息2之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息,信息1、信息3之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息,信息2、信息3之间为相同的或者不同的设计信息;用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式、与用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息格式中,任意两者之间为相同的或者不同的格式,即信息1、信息2之间为相同的或者不同的格式,信息1、信息3之间为相同的或者不同的格式,信息2、信息3之间为相同的或者不同的格式。For example: if the verification of the first design information and the second design information, the verification of the second design information and the third design information, the verification of the second design information and the fourth design information is used, then the verification of the first design information and the second design information is used. The second design information for verification of the design information (referred to as information 1 in this embodiment), the second design information for verification with the third design information (referred to as information 2 in this embodiment), and the third design information for verification with the fourth design information. 2. In the design information (referred to as information 3 in this embodiment), any two are the same or different design information, that is, the information 1 and the information 2 are the same or different design information, and the information 1 and the information 3 are the same or different design information. are the same or different design information, and the information 2 and information 3 are the same or different design information; the second design information format used for verification with the first design information, the format used for verification with the third design information Any two of the second design information format and the second design information format used for verification with the fourth design information are the same or different formats, that is, information 1 and information 2 are the same or different formats Format, information 1 and information 3 are in the same or different formats, and information 2 and information 3 are in the same or different formats.

确认获取的设计信息准确性,对于获取的信息1、信息2、信息3,对于三者中任意和/或设定的一种或多种两两组合的组合内部之间、和/或三者之间,确认交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致(若获取的信息1、信息2、信息3确为该芯片的设计信息,那么信息1、信息2、信息3都是所述第二设计信息的所有或者部分信息,应当满足此要求);即为以下一种或多种:获取的信息1、信息2中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;获取的信息1、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;获取的信息2、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;获取的信息1、信息2、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致;对于交叠部分的说明:如获取的信息1由A、B三部分信息组成,获取的信息2由B信息组成,那么交叠部分和/或重复部分此时即为B信息,确认获取的信息1、信息2中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致,即:确认获取的信息1中的B信息,与获取的信息2中的B信息相同、和/或保持一致(即,由于获取的信息1、获取的信息2都属于第二设计信息,那么其中的交叠部分和/或重复部分B信息,应当相同、和/或保持一致)。Confirm the accuracy of the obtained design information, for the obtained information 1, information 2, and information 3, for any and/or set one or more combinations of the three, within the combination, and/or among the three Confirm that the design information of the overlapping part and/or repeated part is the same and/or consistent (if the acquired information 1, information 2, and information 3 are indeed the design information of the chip, then information 1, information 2, and information 3 are all or part of the second design information, and should meet this requirement); that is, one or more of the following: the acquired information 1, the overlapping part and/or repeated part of the information 2 have the same design information, and/or remain consistent; the overlapping and/or repeating portions of the acquired information 1 and information 3 are identical and/or consistent; the overlapping and/or repeating portions of the acquired information 2 and information 3 The design information is the same and/or consistent; the design information of the overlapping parts and/or repeated parts in the acquired information 1, information 2, and information 3 is the same and/or consistent; the description for the overlapping parts: as obtained Information 1 consists of three parts of information A and B, and acquired information 2 consists of B information, then the overlapping part and/or the repeated part is B information at this time, confirm the overlapping part in acquired information 1 and information 2 and / or the repeated part of the design information is the same and/or consistent, that is: confirm that the B information in the acquired information 1 is the same as the B information in the acquired information 2, and/or is consistent (that is, due to the acquired information 1 , The acquired information 2 all belong to the second design information, then the overlapping part and/or the repeated part B information should be the same and/or consistent).

确认所述交叠部分和/或重复部分的设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:将设计信息格式统一;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对;确定相似度大于等于第三十预设门限;确定获取的用于与第一设计信息验证的第二设计信息、获取的用于与第三设计信息验证的第二设计信息、与获取的用于与第四设计信息验证的第二设计信息中,其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息、是从另一种或多种信息中提取所有或者部分信息获得,和/或其中一种或多种信息的所有或者部分信息是由另一种或多种信息格式转换后从中提取所有或者部分信息获得;以确认获取的信息1、信息2中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致举例,包括但不限于以下一种或多种:如果获取的信息1、获取的信息2的格式不同(如一个是晶体管级的网表、一个是门级网表),将设计信息格式统一(如都统一成晶体管级的网表);针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图像比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行图形比对;针对交叠部分和/或重复部分进行相似性比对(如将获取的信息1中的B信息,与获取的信息2中的B信息进行相似性比对);确定相似度大于等于某预设门限(本实施例简称门限1,比如门限1设为95%、100%等数值);确认获取的信息1中的信息B,是由获取的信息2格式转换(如由门级网表转化为晶体管级的网表)后从中提取所有信息-即信息B获得。A method for confirming that the design information of the overlapping parts and/or repeating parts is the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the format of the design information; for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts Perform image comparison; perform graphic comparison for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts; perform similarity comparison for overlapping parts and/or repeating parts; determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to the thirtieth preset threshold; Among the second design information verified with the first design information, the acquired second design information used for verification with the third design information, and the acquired second design information used for verification with the fourth design information, one of All or part of the information or information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another type or types of information, and/or all or part of the information from one or more types of information is After the information format is converted, all or part of the information is extracted from it; an example is to confirm that the overlapping part and/or repeated part in the obtained information 1 and information 2 are the same and/or consistent, including but not limited to one of the following or Various: If the formats of the acquired information 1 and acquired information 2 are different (for example, one is a transistor-level netlist and the other is a gate-level netlist), unify the design information format (for example, both are unified into a transistor-level netlist) ; Carry out image comparison for overlapping part and/or repeating part; Carry out graphic comparison for overlapping part and/or repeating part; Carry out similarity comparison for overlapping part and/or repeating part (such as information 1 Compare the B information in the obtained information 2 with the B information in the obtained information 2); determine that the similarity is greater than or equal to a preset threshold (this embodiment is referred to as threshold 1, for example, threshold 1 is set to 95%, 100% and other values ); confirm that the information B in the acquired information 1 is obtained by extracting all the information from the acquired information 2 after the format conversion (eg, from a gate-level netlist to a transistor-level netlist)—that is, information B.

同样对于确认获取的信息1、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致,获取的信息2、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致,获取的信息1、信息2、信息3中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的方法,与上述确认获取的信息1、信息2中的交叠部分和/或重复部分设计信息相同、和/或保持一致的举例方法类似,且其相似度设定的预设门限,假定分别命名为门限2、门限3、门限4,那么门限1、门限2、门限3、门限4之间,任意两者间均可以相同或不同。Similarly, it is confirmed that the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part in the acquired information 1 and information 3 is the same and/or consistent, and the design information of the overlapping part and/or the repeated part in the acquired information 2 and information 3 is the same , and/or be consistent, the overlapping and/or repeated design information in the obtained information 1, information 2, and information 3 are the same, and/or the method to keep consistent is the same as the above-mentioned confirmation of the obtained information 1 and information 2. The overlapping part and/or repeated part design information is the same, and/or the example method is similar, and the preset thresholds set by the similarity are assumed to be named as threshold 2, threshold 3, and threshold 4, then threshold 1 , Threshold 2, Threshold 3, Threshold 4, and any two can be the same or different.

需要说明的是:上述场景实施例仅是本发明的保护范围的一部分,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围,其他更多实施例不再赘述。It should be noted that the above scenario embodiments are only a part of the protection scope of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present invention, and other more embodiments will not be described again.

可见,本实施例为芯片或芯片模块的评估提供了一个简便、客观的检测依据,提高了芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的客观性、实操性和全面性,并可为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估取证材料的真实性做佐证依据,可作为芯片或芯片模块的自主度和/或可控度评估的有力支撑。It can be seen that this embodiment provides a simple and objective detection basis for the evaluation of the chip or the chip module, improves the objectivity, practicality and comprehensiveness of the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or the chip module. It can provide evidence for the authenticity of the forensic materials for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module, and can be used as a strong support for the evaluation of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module.

以上所述,仅为本发明的较佳实施例而已,并非用于限定本发明的保护范围。The above descriptions are only preferred embodiments of the present invention, and are not intended to limit the protection scope of the present invention.

Claims (34)

1. A method for testing a chip or chip module, the method comprising:
determining the physical information of the chip or the chip module and/or determining the design information of the chip or the chip module;
comparing the real object information with the design information, and/or verifying the design information;
and judging the autonomy and/or the controllability of the chip or the chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the chip includes, but is not limited to, one or more of:
a chip encapsulating one or more dies;
an unpackaged die.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the chip module includes, but is not limited to, one or more of:
a die in a chip encapsulating one or more dies;
a functional module in the die.
4. The method of claim 1, wherein the physical information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of:
the physical connection relationship between the chip or the chip module and the package substrate, and/or the physical connection relationship between the chip or the chip module and other chips or chip modules, includes but is not limited to one or more of the following expressions: the connection relation real object, a real object diagram describing the connection relation, a table describing the connection relation of the real object, a pin real object name describing the connection relation of the real object and the connection relation of the real object expressed by the name;
Physical information of the package substrate, including but not limited to one or more of the following: a package substrate entity, a package substrate entity circuit or circuit diagram, a package substrate entity layout or layout diagram, a package substrate entity wiring or wiring diagram, a package substrate entity circuit or circuit diagram;
physical information of the chip or chip module, including but not limited to one or more of the following: a chip or chip module real object, a chip or chip module real object layout wiring or layout wiring diagram, a chip or chip module real object circuit or circuit diagram;
wherein the physical information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following physical information: all layers, part of layers and one layer, the selection method of the layer number comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; for one layer, the physical information includes, but is not limited to, physical information of one or more of the following: the method comprises the following steps of (1) selecting a whole area, a plurality of local areas and a local area, wherein the selection method of the area comprises one or more of the following methods: and (4) randomly selecting, selecting according to a rule and setting.
5. The method according to claim 1 or 4, wherein the physical information is obtained by any one or more of the following methods:
directly obtaining one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and obtaining physical information;
randomly or according to rules, selecting one or more chips or chip modules to be tested and acquiring physical information;
the physical information is directly obtained by one or more methods including but not limited to the following: CT, X-ray, radioactive ray, ultrasonic and nondestructive detection;
opening a cover of the packaged chip and acquiring physical information;
aiming at the situation that the physical connection relation between the chip or the chip module and the packaging substrate and/or the physical connection relation between the chip or the chip module and other chips or chip modules is blocked, the physical connection relation is obtained by one or more of the following modes: CT, X-ray, radioactive ray, ultrasonic, nondestructive detection, delamination, flat grinding, polishing, corrosion, etching, sectioning, dissection and dyeing; the situation that the physical connection relation is blocked includes but is not limited to that the physical connection relation in the flip chip is blocked;
Separating the chip or chip module from the package substrate, and/or separating the chip or chip module from other chips or chip modules, including but not limited to one or more of the following: disconnecting or removing the connecting line, corroding, etching, heating, removing a layer, flatly grinding, polishing, splitting, dissecting and taking down the chip;
acquiring physical information of one or more layers by one or more of the following methods including but not limited to: direct acquisition, acquisition by microscopy and/or microscopic imaging instruments and/or CT and/or X-rays and/or radiation and/or ultrasound and/or non-destructive inspection, delaminating, flat grinding, lapping, polishing, etching, sectioning, dissecting, staining, breaking or removing the connecting line;
acquiring and recording a real object image, an image or a video corresponding to the real object information by a microscope and/or a microscopic imaging instrument and/or a CT and/or X-ray and/or radioactive rays and/or ultrasound and/or nondestructive detection and combination with photographing or/and image acquisition or/and video recording or a direct photographing or/and image acquisition or/and video recording mode; the real object image, video or video is a file, or a plurality of files, or an integral file spliced or synthesized by a plurality of files;
And acquiring the object information and the corresponding object image and image by a microscope and/or a microscopic imaging instrument and/or CT and/or X-ray and/or radioactive ray and/or ultrasonic and/or nondestructive testing, combining with visual observation or directly using the visual observation.
6. The method of claim 5, wherein obtaining or selecting a plurality of chips or chip modules to be tested and obtaining physical information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
in order to obtain a plurality of samples, the real object information, or/and the comparison between the real object information and the design information, or/and the autonomy and/or the controllability of the chip or the chip module are subjected to statistical analysis, a plurality of chips or chip modules with the same model are obtained or selected, and the same real object information is obtained from each chip or chip module;
acquiring or selecting a plurality of chips or chip modules with the same type and acquiring different physical information from each chip or chip module or acquiring the same and different physical information simultaneously under the condition that the physical information is acquired in a destructive mode or/and only part of the physical information can be acquired from one chip or chip module;
in order to judge the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of a chip jointly formed by a plurality of chip modules, the plurality of chip modules in the chip respectively acquire respective physical information and carry out the judgment of the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability, and the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip are judged based on the result.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of:
the design connection relationship between the chip or the chip module and the packaging substrate and/or the design connection relationship between the chip or the chip module and other chips or chip modules includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following expressions: a design drawing for describing the connection relation, a table for describing the design connection relation, a pin design name for describing the design connection relation and the design connection relation expressed by the name; the design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: all layers, part of layers and one layer, the selection method of the layer number comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: the method comprises the following steps of (1) selecting a whole area, a plurality of local areas and a local area, wherein the selection method of the area comprises one or more of the following methods: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; the format of the design connection relationship includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats;
Design information for the package substrate, including, but not limited to, one or more of: a package substrate design circuit or circuit diagram, a package substrate design layout or layout diagram, a package substrate design wiring or wiring diagram, a package substrate design circuit or circuit diagram; the design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: all layers, part of layers and one layer, the selection method of the layer number comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: the method comprises the following steps of (1) selecting a whole area, a plurality of local areas and a local area, wherein the selection method of the area comprises one or more of the following methods: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules and setting; the format of the design information of the package substrate includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats;
first design information for a chip or chip module, the first design information including, but not limited to, one or more of: a chip or chip module design layout, a chip or chip module design layout or layout; the first design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: all layers, part of layers and one layer, the selection method of the layer number comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the first design information includes, but is not limited to, design information for one or more of: the method comprises the following steps of (1) selecting a whole area, a plurality of local areas and a local area, wherein the selection method of the area comprises one or more of the following methods: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; the first design information used for comparison is all design information or part of design information in the first design information; first design information for verification is all or part of the design information in the first design information; the first design information used for comparison and the first design information used for verification are the same or different design information; the format of the first design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; the first design information format used for comparison and the first design information format used for verification are the same or different formats;
Second design information of the chip or chip module, the second design information including but not limited to a schematic diagram and/or a netlist of the chip or chip module, the schematic diagram and/or netlist including but not limited to one or more of the following: the method comprises the following steps of (1) completing a final designed gate-level netlist, a digital chip or digital chip module and a gate-level netlist corresponding to first design information of the digital chip or digital chip module by a schematic diagram, a netlist corresponding to the schematic diagram, a transistor-level netlist, and the digital chip or digital chip module; the second design information includes, but is not limited to, all or part of the design information; the second design information used for verification with the first design information is all design information or part of design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the third design information is all the design information or part of the design information in the second design information; the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information is all or part of the design information in the second design information; any two of the second design information used for verification with the first design information, the second design information used for verification with the third design information, and the second design information used for verification with the fourth design information are the same or different design information; the format of the second design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; any two of the second design information format for verification with the first design information, the second design information format for verification with the third design information, and the second design information format for verification with the fourth design information are in the same or different formats;
Third design information of the chip or the chip module, wherein the third design information comprises but is not limited to a gate-level netlist formed by register transfer level RTL code synthesis of the digital chip or the digital chip module; the third design information includes, but is not limited to, all or part of the design information; third design information used for verification with the second design information is all design information or part of the design information in the third design information; third design information used for verification with fourth design information is all design information or part of design information in the third design information; the third design information used for verification with the second design information and the third design information used for verification with the fourth design information are the same or different design information; the format of the third design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; a third design information format for verification with the second design information, and a third design information format for verification with the fourth design information are in the same format or different formats;
fourth design information for the chip or chip module, the fourth design information including but not limited to RTL code for the digital chip or digital chip module; the fourth design information includes, but is not limited to, all or part of the design information; the fourth design information used for verification with the second design information is all or part of the design information in the fourth design information; fourth design information used for verification with third design information is all design information or part of design information in the fourth design information; the fourth design information used for verification with the second design information and the fourth design information used for verification with the third design information are the same or different design information; the format of the fourth design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more formats; the fourth design information format for verification with the second design information and the fourth design information format for verification with the third design information are the same format or different formats.
8. The method of claim 1, 4 or 7, wherein the comparing the physical information with the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
comparing the physical connection relation between the chip or the chip module and the packaging substrate and/or the physical connection relation between the chip or the chip module and other chips or chip modules with the corresponding design connection relation, and checking whether the two are consistent;
comparing the physical information of the packaging substrate with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate, and checking whether the physical information of the packaging substrate is consistent with the design information of the corresponding packaging substrate;
comparing the real object information of the chip or the chip module with the first design information of the corresponding chip or the chip module, and checking whether the real object information of the chip or the chip module is consistent with the first design information of the corresponding chip or the chip module;
the alignment includes, but is not limited to, alignment of one or more of: all layers, part of layers and one layer, the selection method of the layer number comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: randomly selecting, selecting according to rules, and setting; for one of the layers, the alignment includes, but is not limited to, an alignment of one or more of: the method comprises the following steps of (1) selecting a whole area, a plurality of local areas and a local area, wherein the selection method of the area comprises one or more of the following methods: and (4) randomly selecting, selecting according to a rule and setting.
9. The method of claim 1, wherein before comparing the physical information with the design information, the method further comprises:
and confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information.
10. The method of claim 1, wherein the method of alignment comprises, but is not limited to, one or more of: automatic comparison is carried out through a detection device, and manual comparison is carried out;
when the comparison method is automatic comparison through a detection device, whether the format of the physical information is the format which can be identified and/or used by the detection device needs to be judged; when the format of the physical information is not the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device, the format of the physical information needs to be adjusted to the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the method for adjusting the format of the physical object information to the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: recording the object information into an object image, and converting the object connection relation into a table describing the object connection relation;
when the comparison method is automatic comparison through a detection device, whether the format of the design information is the format which can be identified and/or used by the detection device needs to be judged; when the format of the design information is not the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device, the format of the design information needs to be adjusted to the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device; the method of adjusting the format of the design information to a format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: converting the design information into a design image and converting the design connection relation into a form describing the design connection relation; the design image includes but is not limited to an image in which the design information is saved or/and converted or/and recorded into an image format;
The method for judging whether the format of the physical information and/or the design information is the format that can be identified and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: the judgment is automatically carried out through a detection device and is carried out manually;
the method for adjusting the format of the physical information and/or the design information to the format that can be recognized and/or used by the detection device includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: the automatic adjustment is realized through a detection device, and the manual adjustment is realized.
11. The method according to claim 1, wherein when the physical information is compared with the design information, the correspondence between the physical information and the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
correspondence of the same layer;
the corresponding relation of the same area;
corresponding relation of the same position;
the corresponding relationship of the same position proportion includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: the ratio of the position in the physical information and/or the physical image to the distance between each point in the whole physical information and/or the physical image is the same as the ratio of the position in the design information and/or the design image to the distance between each point in the whole design information and/or the design image, and then the physical information and/or the physical image position is in corresponding relation with the design information and/or the design image position; after the whole real object information and/or the whole real object image and/or the whole design information and/or the whole design image are scaled in equal proportion, when the whole real object information and/or the whole real object image and/or the whole design information and/or the whole design image are overlapped, the positions are also overlapped, and then the positions of the real object information and/or the real object image and the design information and/or the design image are in corresponding relation;
And the corresponding relation of the same pin names.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein when comparing the physical information or the physical image with the design information or the design image, the method further comprises: respectively splitting the physical information or the physical image and the corresponding design information or the design image into one or more plates, keeping the corresponding relation between the plates of the physical information or the physical image and the plates of the design information or the design image, respectively carrying out comparison aiming at each plate, and analyzing the comparison result of each plate by integrating the comparison result of each plate;
where splitting into one or more panels includes, but is not limited to, one or more of: the real object information or the real object image and the comparison content of the design information or the design image are concentrated in one or more local areas and are split into one or more plates according to the concentrated areas; the physical information or the physical image and the design information or the design image have large figure size difference in different areas, and are split into one or more plates according to different figure sizes or different size ranges;
after the plates are separated, if some plates have no needed comparison content, the comparison of the plates is omitted or not omitted, and when the comparison of the plates is omitted, the comparison results of all the plates are synthesized, and the comparison results are analyzed, and the comparison results are not included in the plates.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the physical information or physical image is compared with the design information or design image, and/or the physical information plate or physical image plate is compared with the design information plate or design image plate, and the comparison manner includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: overall comparison, detailed comparison and sampling comparison;
the alignment content of the alignment includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: connection relationships, geometries, geometry characteristics;
the comparison fineness of the comparison is expressed by using granularity, the comparison fineness is related to a comparison method, a method, contents and purposes, the granularity comprises but is not limited to the accuracy of comparison of the comparison contents, and the minimum limit of the granularity comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following: a minimum figure in the corresponding information and/or image, a minimum size in the corresponding information and/or image, a minimum area in the corresponding information and/or image, a figure set according to the corresponding information and/or image, a size set according to the corresponding information and/or image, and an area set according to the corresponding information and/or image.
14. The method according to claim 1 or 10, wherein the comparing of the physical information or physical image with the design information or design image and/or the comparing of the physical information plate or physical image plate with the design information plate or design image plate further comprises but is not limited to one or more of the following:
adjusting the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate aiming at the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate to be compared, and comparing the real object image and the design image and/or the real object image plate and the design image plate on the basis of the adjustment result;
when the comparison method is automatic comparison through the detection device, aiming at the granularity of the planned comparison, the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate are/is adjusted according to the resolution of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the resolution of the real object image and/or the design image plate and/or the granularity of the planned comparison and the comparison capability of the detection device, and the comparison is carried out on the real object image and the design image and/or the real object image plate and the design image plate on the basis of the adjustment result;
The alignment capability of the detection device includes but is not limited to: the detection device is used for completing comparison under the granularity, aiming at the minimum resolution required by the object image and/or the design image and/or the object image plate and/or the design image plate respectively, and/or the minimum pixel number required to be contained by the granularity;
methods of such adjustments include, but are not limited to: aiming at the granularity of planned comparison, on the premise of ensuring accurate comparison, the resolution and/or the pixel number of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate are reduced, so that the resolution of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate is reduced, and/or the pixel number contained in the granularity of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plate and/or the design image plate is reduced, and is more than or equal to the comparison capacity of the detection device.
15. The method of claim 13, wherein the global alignment is used, including but not limited to one or more of the following:
comparing the whole real object information or the real object image with design information or a design image, and/or comparing the whole real object information plate or the real object image plate with a design information plate or a design image plate;
The global alignment includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: overall fine comparison and overall rough comparison;
when the whole fine alignment is carried out, the granularity of the alignment reaches the minimum limit;
and when the overall rough alignment is carried out, the granularity of the alignment is larger than the minimum limit, and the alignment content is embodied by including but not limited to one or more of the following: connection relation, chip area, chip outline, package substrate area, package substrate outline, graphic profile, graphic distribution characteristics and module structure;
the application cases of the overall fine comparison between the whole physical information or physical image and the design information or design image include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required for finishing the integral fine comparison is less than or equal to a first preset threshold; the pixel number of the real object image is less than or equal to a second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is less than or equal to a third preset threshold; the resolution ratio of the object image is less than or equal to a fourth preset threshold; the resolution of the design image is less than or equal to a fifth preset threshold; the area of the real object information and/or the real object image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to a sixth preset threshold; the area of the minimum graph in the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is larger than or equal to a seventh preset threshold;
The application cases of the overall fine comparison between the whole real object information plate or real object image plate and the design information plate or design image plate include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required for finishing the whole fine comparison of the plate is less than or equal to an eighth preset threshold; the pixel number of the real object image plate is less than or equal to a ninth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the designed image plate is less than or equal to a tenth preset threshold; the resolution ratio of the real object image plate is less than or equal to an eleventh preset threshold; the resolution of the designed image plate is less than or equal to a twelfth preset threshold; the area of the real object information plate and/or the real object image plate and/or the design information plate and/or the design image plate is less than or equal to a thirteenth preset threshold; the area of the minimum graph in the physical information plate and/or the physical image plate and/or the design information plate and/or the design image plate is larger than or equal to a fourteenth preset threshold;
suitable cases for the whole physical information or physical image and the whole design information or design image to be roughly compared include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required for finishing the integral fine comparison is more than or equal to the fifteenth preset threshold; the pixel number of the real object image is more than or equal to a sixteenth preset threshold; the number of pixels of the design image is greater than or equal to a seventeenth preset threshold; the resolution ratio of the object image is greater than or equal to an eighteenth preset threshold; the resolution of the design image is greater than or equal to a nineteenth preset threshold; the area of the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is larger than or equal to a twentieth preset threshold; the area of the minimum graph in the physical information and/or the physical image and/or the design information and/or the design image is less than or equal to a twenty-first preset threshold; the overall rough comparison is combined with the other comparison modes;
The application cases of the overall rough comparison between the whole physical information plate or physical image plate and the designed information plate or designed image plate include, but are not limited to, one or more of the following: the time required for completing the overall fine comparison of the plates is more than or equal to the twenty-second preset threshold; the number of pixels of the real object image plate is greater than or equal to a twenty-third preset threshold; the number of pixels of the designed image plate is greater than or equal to a twenty-fourth preset threshold; the resolution ratio of the real object image plate is greater than or equal to a twenty-fifth preset threshold; the resolution of the designed image plate is greater than or equal to a twenty-sixth preset threshold; the area of the real object information plate and/or the real object image plate and/or the design information plate and/or the design image plate is more than or equal to a twenty-seventh preset threshold; the area of the minimum graph in the real object information plate and/or the real object image plate and/or the design information plate and/or the design image plate is less than or equal to a twenty-eighth preset threshold; the overall rough alignment is combined with the other alignment methods.
16. The method of claim 13, wherein the refined alignment is adopted, including but not limited to one or more of the following:
Aiming at the comparison of the real object information or the real object image with the design information or the design image and/or the comparison of the real object information plate or the real object image plate with the design information plate or the design image plate, and aiming at one or more regions including but not limited to the following regions, gradually reducing the comparison region and/or reducing the granularity, carrying out one or more comparisons: regions which do not pass through the whole comparison, regions which are interested or considered as critical after the whole comparison passes through, regions which realize complexity, regions which are critical in function and the whole region;
when the one or more times of comparison is carried out, the refinement limit is that the comparison area is reduced to the minimum limit of the minimum graph and/or the minimum size and/or the minimum granularity of the corresponding information and/or the image and/or the information plate and/or the image plate, and the refinement limit is required to be reached or not to be reached by the refinement comparison.
17. The method of claim 13, wherein the sampling alignment is adopted, including but not limited to one or more of the following:
calculating and/or setting an area which can be used for comparison aiming at the comparison of the real object information or the real object image and the design information or the design image and/or the comparison of the real object information plate or the real object image plate and the design information plate or the design image plate;
Selecting a plurality of sampling blocks from the real object information or the real object image or the real object information plate or the real object image plate according to the area available for comparison, wherein the sum of the areas of the plurality of sampling blocks does not exceed the area available for comparison;
selecting a plurality of sampling blocks from design information or design images or design information plates or design image plates according to the areas available for comparison, wherein the sum of the areas of the sampling blocks is not more than the area available for comparison;
the sampling blocks selected from the physical information or the physical image or the physical information plate or the physical image plate keep corresponding relation with the sampling blocks selected from the design information or the design image or the design information plate or the design image plate;
the selection method of the sampling block includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: random sampling, wherein sampling is carried out according to a rule, the number of sampling blocks is distributed in direct proportion to the density and/or complexity of the graph, and the area of the sampling blocks is distributed in direct proportion to the density and/or complexity of the graph;
comparing the sampling blocks in the real object information or the real object image or the real object information plate or the real object image plate with the sampling blocks in the corresponding design information or design image or design information plate or design image plate;
Analyzing the sampling comparison result by synthesizing the comparison result of each sampling block;
the fine limit of the sampling comparison is that the granularity has reached the minimum limit, and the sampling comparison needs to reach or does not need to reach the fine limit.
18. The method of claim 1 or 17, wherein the area available for alignment is calculated, including but not limited to one or more of:
calculating the area available for comparison according to the time required for completing the comparison of unit area and the time expected to be completed by the comparison aiming at the real object information or the real object image or the real object information plate or the real object image plate and the design information or the design image or the design information plate or the design image plate;
the calculation methods include, but are not limited to: the area available for alignment is unit area/time expected to complete the alignment/time required to complete the unit area alignment.
19. The method according to claim 13 or 16, wherein the minimum pattern and/or minimum size and/or minimum area obtaining method includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following:
obtaining the minimum size from the corresponding design information and/or physical information and/or design information plate and/or physical information plate, wherein the obtaining method includes but is not limited to obtaining one or more of the following information: minimum line width, feature size, process, gate length, channel length;
Further analyzing and obtaining a minimum graph and/or a minimum area based on the minimum size;
identifying a minimum figure and/or a minimum size and/or a minimum area in the corresponding design image and/or physical image and/or design image slab and/or physical image slab.
20. The method of claim 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, or 17, wherein the method further comprises adjusting the corresponding resolution and/or number of pixels for alignment under conditions including but not limited to one or more of:
before image comparison starts and/or after plates are split and/or during overall comparison, the resolution and/or the number of pixels of the real object image and/or the design image and/or the real object image plates and/or the design image plates are adjusted and then compared;
after the area is subjected to thinning, comparison and reduction and/or the granularity is reduced, aiming at the area subjected to thinning and/or reduction, the resolution and/or the pixel number of the corresponding image are adjusted and then compared;
after the sampling blocks are selected, the resolution and/or the pixel number of the corresponding image are adjusted and compared according to each sampling block.
21. The method of claim 1, or 10, or 12, or 13, or 15, or 16, or 17, further comprising:
The algorithm for implementing the alignment is adjusted for one or more of the following situations, including but not limited to: different comparison purposes, different comparison contents, different comparison methods, different comparison modes and different working stages in comparison.
22. The method according to claim 1 or 7, wherein the verifying the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
verifying the first design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding second design information, wherein the verification method comprises but is not limited to LVS (linear variable differential signal) inspection or verification;
verifying the second design information of the chip or the chip module with the corresponding third design information, and/or verifying the second design information of the chip or the chip module with the corresponding fourth design information, wherein the verification method comprises but is not limited to form verification;
and verifying the third design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information, wherein the verification method comprises but is not limited to formal verification.
23. The method of claim 1, wherein before verifying the design information, the method further comprises:
and confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information.
24. The method of claim 1, or 7, or 9, or 23, wherein the method of confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information includes, but is not limited to, one or more of:
confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent with the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the acquired first design information format for comparison with the acquired first design information format for verification, carrying out image comparison on an overlapped part and/or a repeated part, carrying out graph comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, carrying out similarity comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, determining that the similarity is more than or equal to a twenty-ninth preset threshold, and determining that all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information and/or all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information after the conversion of another information format in the acquired first design information for comparison and the acquired first design information for verification;
Unifying the acquired first design information format for comparison with the acquired first design information format for verification; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into the other format, and converting both the two formats into a third format; the third format is a format except the acquired first design information format for comparison and the acquired first design information format for verification;
confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or consistent with the combination interior of one or more pairwise combinations arbitrarily and/or set in the acquired second design information for verifying the first design information, the acquired second design information for verifying the third design information and the acquired second design information for verifying the fourth design information; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or is consistent includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the design information format; performing image comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part; performing graph comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part; performing similarity alignment for overlapping and/or repeated portions; determining that the similarity is greater than or equal to a thirtieth preset threshold; determining the second design information acquired for verification with the first design information, the second design information acquired for verification with the third design information, and the second design information acquired for verification with the fourth design information, wherein all or part of the information of one or more kinds of information is obtained by extracting all or part of the information from another kind of information or a plurality of kinds of information, and/or wherein all or part of the information of one or more kinds of information is obtained by converting another kind of information or a plurality of kinds of information and extracting all or part of the information from the converted information; application scenarios of the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or is consistent include, but are not limited to: for the analog-digital mixed chip, after the gate-level netlist of the digital chip module is confirmed to be converted into the transistor-level netlist in a format, the content of the gate-level netlist is the same as or keeps the same with that of the digital chip module in the chip-transistor-level netlist;
Unifying the design information formats of the obtained second design information for verifying the first design information, the obtained second design information for verifying the third design information and the obtained second design information for verifying the fourth design information, and optionally and/or in any one or more combinations of the three, the combination of the three and/or the combination of the three; the method for unifying the design information format includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one format of two formats into another format between the combined interiors of two combinations, converting both formats into a third format between the combined interiors of two combinations, unifying the formats into one format of the three formats between the three combinations, converting the three formats into a fourth format between the three combinations, and converting the fourth format between the three formats into a format other than the design information format of the three combinations;
confirming that the overlapping part and/or the repeated part of the design information is the same and/or consistent with the third design information which is acquired for verification with the second design information and the third design information which is acquired for verification with the fourth design information; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or is consistent includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the third design information format for verifying the third design information and the fourth design information format, performing image comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, performing graph comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, performing similarity comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, and determining that the similarity is more than or equal to a thirty-one preset threshold, determining all or part of the acquired third design information used for verification with the second design information and the acquired third design information used for verification with the fourth design information, wherein all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information, and/or all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information after being converted by another information format;
Unifying the third design information format obtained for verification with the second design information and the third design information format obtained for verification with the fourth design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into the other format, and converting both the two formats into a third format; the third format is a format other than the third design information format acquired for verification with the second design information and the third design information format acquired for verification with the fourth design information;
confirming that the overlapping part and/or the repeated part of the design information is the same and/or consistent with the acquired fourth design information for verification with the second design information and the acquired fourth design information for verification with the third design information; the method for confirming that the design information of the overlapped part and/or the repeated part is the same and/or is consistent includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: unifying the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the second design information and the acquired fourth design information format for verification with the third design information, performing image comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, performing graph comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, performing similarity comparison on the overlapped part and/or the repeated part, and determining that the similarity is more than or equal to a thirty-second preset threshold, determining all or part of the acquired fourth design information used for verification with the second design information and the acquired fourth design information used for verification with the third design information, wherein all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information, and/or all or part of information of one information is obtained by extracting all or part of information from another information after being converted by another information format;
Unifying the obtained fourth design information format for verification with the second design information and the obtained fourth design information format for verification with the third design information; the method for unifying the formats of the two includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: converting one of the two formats into the other format, and converting both the two formats into a third format; the third format is a format other than the fourth design information format acquired for verification with the second design information, the fourth design information format acquired for verification with the third design information;
confirming that the gate-level netlist in the obtained second design information is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist;
confirming that the gate-level netlist in the obtained third design information is a front-end netlist and/or a non-back-end netlist;
the method for confirming that the gate-level netlist in the obtained second design information is a back-end netlist and/or a non-front-end netlist and/or confirming that the gate-level netlist in the obtained third design information is a front-end netlist and/or a non-back-end netlist includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: searching keywords; comparing the similarity between the obtained gate-level netlist in the second design information and the obtained gate-level netlist in the third design information, and/or determining that the similarity is less than or equal to a thirty-third preset threshold;
Confirming the obtained RTL code as register transfer level description and/or non-other level description, wherein the other level description comprises but is not limited to gate level description;
and confirming the accuracy of the acquired design information through the file suffix name of the acquired design information.
25. The method according to claim 1 or 7, wherein when verifying the design information, the correspondence between the design information includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: the corresponding relation of the same modules, the corresponding relation of the same units, the corresponding relation of the same functions, the corresponding relation of the same logics and the corresponding relation of the same connections.
26. The method of claim 1 or 7, wherein the verification is performed by confirming the settings or/and conditions of the verification, and the method for confirming the settings or/and conditions of the verification includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
when the verification is the LVS verification, the setting or/and the condition of the LVS verification is confirmed by analyzing the design information aiming at the LVS verification or/and checking the design description corresponding to the design information aiming at the LVS verification; the LVS verified settings or/and conditions include, but are not limited to, one or more of: the system comprises a top layer design, a top layer unit, a top layer logic and a top layer module;
When the verification is formal verification, confirming the setting or/and the condition of the formal verification by analyzing the design information of the formal verification target or/and checking the design description corresponding to the design information of the formal verification target; the settings or/and conditions for the formal verification include, but are not limited to, one or more of: top layer design, top layer unit, top layer logic, top layer module, constant setting;
verifying the top-level design and/or top-level cells and/or top-level logic and/or top-level modules in the settings or/and conditions, the top-level design and/or top-level cells and/or top-level logic and/or top-level modules being related to the design information targeted for verification and being all or part of the design information of the chip or chip module; the top-level design and/or top-level unit and/or top-level logic and/or top-level module of the verification setup are application scenarios of design information of a part of the chip, including but not limited to: for an analog-digital hybrid chip, a top-level design and/or a top-level unit and/or a top-level logic and/or a top-level module in a formal verification setting or/and condition are digital chip modules in the analog-digital hybrid chip.
27. The method according to claim 1 or 7, wherein, when the verification is carried out, one or more results or/and reports of the verification are comprehensively analyzed to judge whether the verification passes; when the verification is formal verification, the result or/and report of the verification includes, but is not limited to, one or more of the following: and comparing the point matching check result, the verification result and the verification report.
28. The method according to claim 1, 4 or 7, wherein the determining the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or chip module based on the comparison result and/or verification result includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
determining comparison types and/or verification types required for judging the degree of autonomy and/or the degree of controllability of the chip or the chip module according to the characteristics of the chip or the chip module;
aiming at the required comparison types and/or verification types, distributing respective corresponding scores of the various required comparisons and/or verifications according to the difficulty and/or the key degree of links represented by the various types;
for each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, the chip or the chip module obtains a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification when the comparison and/or verification is actually carried out and passed;
for each of the required comparisons and/or verifications, the chip or chip module does not obtain a score corresponding to the comparison and/or verification when actual development fails or is not actually performed;
combing out invalid scores from scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or the chip module by integrating various actually-developed comparison and/or verification results;
Removing invalid scores from the scores corresponding to various comparisons and/or verifications obtained by the chip or the chip module, taking the rest scores as valid scores, summing the valid scores, and taking the summed result as the final score of the chip or the chip module;
and judging the degree of autonomy and/or controllability of the chip or the chip module according to the final score of the chip or the chip module.
29. The method according to claim 28, wherein said combining the results of the various alignments and/or verifications actually carried out, and combing out invalid scores from the scores corresponding to the various alignments and/or verifications obtained by said chip or chip module, includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
when the physical information of the chip or the chip module is not compared with the corresponding first design information, the corresponding score obtained by the chip or the chip module when each of the required verifications is actually carried out and passes is an invalid score;
when the first design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding second design information are not verified, the corresponding score obtained when the verification of the second design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding third design information is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score;
When the first design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding second design information do not pass the verification, the corresponding score obtained when the verification of the second design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passes is an invalid score;
when the verification of the first design information and the corresponding second design information of the chip or the chip module fails, the corresponding score obtained when the verification of the third design information and the corresponding fourth design information of the chip or the chip module is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score;
when the second design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding third design information are not verified and the second design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information are not verified, a corresponding score obtained when the verification of the third design information of the chip or the chip module and the corresponding fourth design information is actually carried out and passed is an invalid score.
30. The method of claim 1, 4 or 7, wherein for a chip consisting of one or more chip modules, the determination of the autonomy and/or controllability of the chip includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
Aiming at each chip module in the chip, distributing corresponding weight according to the difficulty and/or the key degree realized by each chip module, wherein the score of the chip is a weighted sum value of the scores of each chip module, and judging the autonomy and/or the controllability of the chip based on the weighted sum value;
the distribution of the corresponding weight needs to ensure that when a chip with a given function consists of one or more chip modules under different schemes, the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or controllability are the same; the implementation method for ensuring that the scores corresponding to the same degree of autonomy and/or controllability are the same includes but is not limited to one or more of the following: weight distribution normalization, namely under different schemes, the sum of the weights of all chip modules of the chip with the set function is the same, when the autonomy and/or the controllability of all chip modules are judged to be the highest, the scores of all chip modules are the same, and the full scores of all chip modules are the same;
aiming at each chip module in the chip, when the physical information of each chip module is determined, ensuring that the physical information of each chip module is not overlapped and/or repeated and the sum of the physical information of each chip module is the physical information of the whole chip;
Aiming at each chip module in the chip, when the design information of each chip module is determined, the design information of each chip module is ensured not to be overlapped and/or repeated, and the sum of the design information of each chip module is the design information of the whole chip;
the real object information and the design information of each chip module keep corresponding relation.
31. The method of claim 30, wherein when there are chip modules of the same type among the chip modules constituting the chip, the chip modules of the same type are collectively regarded as a whole chip module for detection, and a score is calculated once and a weight is assigned; the processing method for uniformly considering the chip modules of the same model as a whole chip module for detection includes but is not limited to one or more of the following:
determining the sum of the physical information of the chip modules with the same model as the physical information of the detected whole chip module, determining the sum of the design information of the chip modules with the same model as the design information of the detected whole chip module, and calculating a score for the detected whole chip module;
Randomly or according to rules, selecting a chip module from the chip modules with the same model, and taking the score of the chip module as the score of the detected whole chip module;
and selecting all or part of the chip modules according to the chip modules with the same model, respectively calculating the scores of the selected chip modules, and taking the average value of the scores of the selected chip modules as the score of the detected whole chip module.
32. The method of claim 30, wherein the method of determining the autonomy and/or controllability of a chip comprised of one or more chip modules is applicable to a range including, but not limited to, one or more of:
the analog-digital mixed chip is composed of a digital chip module and an analog chip module;
a multi-chip module MCM formed from a plurality of dies packaged together;
a radio frequency front end module.
33. An apparatus for testing a chip or chip module, the apparatus comprising:
the information determining module is used for determining the physical information of the chip or the chip module and/or determining the design information of the chip or the chip module;
the information processing module is used for comparing the physical information with the design information and/or verifying the design information;
And the judging module is used for judging the autonomy and/or the controllability of the chip or the chip module based on the comparison result and/or the verification result.
34. An apparatus for testing a chip or chip module, the apparatus comprising: a processor and a memory for storing a computer program capable of running on the processor,
wherein the processor is adapted to perform the steps of the method of any one of claims 1-32 when running the computer program.
CN202011343919.2A 2020-11-26 2020-11-26 A chip or chip module detection method and device Active CN114551263B (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011343919.2A CN114551263B (en) 2020-11-26 2020-11-26 A chip or chip module detection method and device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202011343919.2A CN114551263B (en) 2020-11-26 2020-11-26 A chip or chip module detection method and device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN114551263A true CN114551263A (en) 2022-05-27
CN114551263B CN114551263B (en) 2025-09-26

Family

ID=81659695

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN202011343919.2A Active CN114551263B (en) 2020-11-26 2020-11-26 A chip or chip module detection method and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN114551263B (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH05206236A (en) * 1992-01-24 1993-08-13 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Measuring method for particle in vacuum equipment
JP2000155087A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-06-06 Nec Corp Particle monitoring device, particle monitoring method and recording medium
US6411377B1 (en) * 1991-04-02 2002-06-25 Hitachi, Ltd. Optical apparatus for defect and particle size inspection
CN1622312A (en) * 2003-11-27 2005-06-01 北京北阳电子技术有限公司 Method for verifying consistency of chip hardware behavior and software simulation behavior
CN1846170A (en) * 2003-07-03 2006-10-11 恪纳腾技术公司 Method and system for inspecting wafers and reticles using designer intent data
WO2011155122A1 (en) * 2010-06-07 2011-12-15 株式会社 日立ハイテクノロジーズ Circuit pattern inspection device, and inspection method therefor
CN103855050A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-11 上海华力微电子有限公司 Wafer yield monitoring method
CN107454980A (en) * 2015-04-03 2017-12-08 科磊股份有限公司 Optics nude film is examined to database
CN109904087A (en) * 2019-01-14 2019-06-18 全球能源互联网研究院有限公司 Method and device for detecting particle size of semiconductor wafer surface
CN110609438A (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-12-24 三星电子株式会社 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
CN111247618A (en) * 2017-09-26 2020-06-05 Asml荷兰有限公司 Detection of Buried Features by Backscattered Particles

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6411377B1 (en) * 1991-04-02 2002-06-25 Hitachi, Ltd. Optical apparatus for defect and particle size inspection
JPH05206236A (en) * 1992-01-24 1993-08-13 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Measuring method for particle in vacuum equipment
JP2000155087A (en) * 1998-09-14 2000-06-06 Nec Corp Particle monitoring device, particle monitoring method and recording medium
CN1846170A (en) * 2003-07-03 2006-10-11 恪纳腾技术公司 Method and system for inspecting wafers and reticles using designer intent data
CN1622312A (en) * 2003-11-27 2005-06-01 北京北阳电子技术有限公司 Method for verifying consistency of chip hardware behavior and software simulation behavior
WO2011155122A1 (en) * 2010-06-07 2011-12-15 株式会社 日立ハイテクノロジーズ Circuit pattern inspection device, and inspection method therefor
CN103855050A (en) * 2014-03-27 2014-06-11 上海华力微电子有限公司 Wafer yield monitoring method
CN107454980A (en) * 2015-04-03 2017-12-08 科磊股份有限公司 Optics nude film is examined to database
CN111247618A (en) * 2017-09-26 2020-06-05 Asml荷兰有限公司 Detection of Buried Features by Backscattered Particles
CN110609438A (en) * 2018-06-15 2019-12-24 三星电子株式会社 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
CN109904087A (en) * 2019-01-14 2019-06-18 全球能源互联网研究院有限公司 Method and device for detecting particle size of semiconductor wafer surface

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
罗成峰: "基于暗场散射的无图形晶圆表面缺陷检测系统研制", 中国优秀硕士论文全文数据库电子期刊辑, 16 August 2022 (2022-08-16), pages 1 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN114551263B (en) 2025-09-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Torrance et al. The state-of-the-art in IC reverse engineering
US6473665B2 (en) Defect analysis method and process control method
US6775817B2 (en) Inspection system and semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP5460662B2 (en) Region determination device, observation device or inspection device, region determination method, and observation method or inspection method using region determination method
CA2517651C (en) Method of design analysis of existing integrated circuits
Kimura et al. A decomposition workflow for integrated circuit verification and validation
US6687633B2 (en) Inspection system, inspection apparatus, inspection program, and production method of semiconductor devices
US9430606B2 (en) Failure analysis and inline defect characterization
US20130024827A1 (en) System and method for identifying circuit components of an integrated circuit
CN117746166B (en) A defect detection method for through silicon via chip
US10282833B2 (en) Gate-level mapping of integrated circuits using multi-spectral imaging
Zhang et al. Fast, full chip image stitching of nanoscale integrated circuits
Cheamsiri et al. Enhancing quality control: A study on AI and human performance in flip chip defect detection
US20160110859A1 (en) Inspection method for contact by die to database
CN114551263A (en) Chip or chip module detection method and device
Singh et al. Transfer learning based breast cancer classification using histopathology images
TW202429072A (en) Method and apparatus for facilitating inspection of a wafer and correlated non-transitory computer readable medium
TW202338894A (en) Measurement method and apparatus for semiconductor features with increased throughput
JP2010231044A (en) Pattern inspection apparatus and pattern inspection method
CN105702597B (en) More workbench or Multicarity detection system
Zeng et al. A novel solder joints inspection method using curvature and geometry features in high-density flexible IC substrates surface mount technology
Chun et al. Deep Learning Approach for Predicting Prostate Cancer from MRI Images
US8126257B2 (en) Alignment of semiconductor wafer patterns by corresponding edge groups
TWI300887B (en) Method for managing wafer defect
CN120471918B (en) Silicon wafer surface defect detection method, equipment, and medium based on multi-scale feature fusion

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant